HK CourtDB
HomeDirectoryMCP
Hong Kong CourtDB
Back to directory
Competition Tribunal Enforcement Action2017

COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION CO LTD AND OTHERS

Related cases with same parties

  • CACV1093/2025COMPETITION COMMISSION v. ATAL BUILDING SERVICES ENGINEERING LTD AND OTHERS
  • CACV1094/2025COMPETITION COMMISSION v. ATAL BUILDING SERVICES ENGINEERING LTD AND OTHERS
  • CACV143/2020COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION CO LTD AND OTHERS
  • CACV157/2021COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION CO LTD AND OTHERS
  • CACV257/2019COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LTD AND OTHERS
  • CACV46/2021COMPETITION COMMISSION v. FUNGS E&M ENGINEERING CO LTD AND OTHERS
  • CAMP369/2023COMPETITION COMMISSION v. ATAL BUILDING SERVICES ENGINEERING LTD AND OTHERS
  • CAMP370/2023COMPETITION COMMISSION v. ATAL BUILDING SERVICES ENGINEERING LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA1/2017COMPETITION COMMISSION v. NUTANIX HONG KONG LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA1/2018COMPETITION COMMISSION v. KAM KWONG ENGINEERING COMPANY LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA1/2019COMPETITION COMMISSION 對 FUNGS E&M ENGINEERING CO LTD 及另八人
  • CTEA1/2020COMPETITION COMMISSION v. QUANTR LTD AND ANOTHER
  • CTEA1/2021COMPETITION COMMISSION v. QUADIENT TECHNOLOGIES HONG KONG LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA1/2022COMPETITION COMMISSION v. GRAY LINE TOURS OF HONG KONG LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA1/2023COMPETITION COMMISSION v. MULTISOFT LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA2/2020COMPETITION COMMISSION v. T.H. LEE BOOK CO LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA2/2021COMPETITION COMMISSION v. HONG KONG COMMERCIAL CLEANING SERVICES LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA2/2022COMPETITION COMMISSION v. ATAL BUILDING SERVICES ENGINEERING LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA2/2023COMPETITION COMMISSION v. ATAL BUILDING SERVICES ENGINEERING LTD AND OTHERS
  • CTEA3/2020COMPETITION COMMISSION v. LINDE HKO LTD AND OTHERS

Files (6)

[2020] HKCT 6-EN-2020-07-28

COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION CO LTD

HTML content

[2020] HKCT 1-EN-2020-04-29

COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION CO LTD AND OTHERS

HTML content

CTEA 2/2017

[2020] HKCT 1

IN THE COMPETITION TRIBUNAL OF THE

HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION

COMPETITION TRIBUNAL ENFORCEMENT ACTION NO 2 OF 2017

________________________

BETWEEN

 COMPETITION COMMISSIONApplicant
 and 
 W. HING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED (永興聯合建築有限公司)1st Respondent
 SUN SPARK CONSTRUCTION LIMITED (裕輝建築有限公司)2nd Respondent
 LAU CHUNG YAN (劉頌欣) and LAU CHUN KWOK ADAM (劉鎮國) (in partnership trading as MAU HANG PAINTING & DECORATION CO (茂恒油漆裝飾公司))3rd Respondent
 CHEUNG YIU FAI DANNY (張耀輝) and WONG TUNG HOI (黃東海) (in partnership trading as TAI DOU BUILDING CONTRACTOR (大道建築公司))4th Respondent
 KAM KEE MACHINE ELECTRICAL IRON WORKS COMPANY LIMITED (金記機電鐵器工程有限公司)5th Respondent
 HUI TAK CHEONG KANLY (許德昌) and HUI TAK ON BRYAN (許德安) (in partnership trading as HIP YICK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY (協益建築公司))6th Respondent
 SUEN SIK KAU (孫錫球) (trading as TAI WAH CIVIL ENGINEERING (泰華土木工程))7th Respondent
 POON WAI WOON (潘維桓) and POON KAI WO JULIO (潘啟和) (in partnership trading as WAI SUN IRON & DECORATION CO (維新鐵器裝修公司))8th Respondent
 YEUNG KWOK YEE (楊國儀) (trading as WIDE PROJECT ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION CO (百達建築工程公司))9th Respondent
 LUEN HOP DECORATION ENGINEERING CO LIMITED (聯合裝飾工程有限公司)10th Respondent

________________________

Before: Hon G Lam J, President of the Competition Tribunal
Dates of Hearing: 14-16 January 2020
Date of Judgment: 29 April 2020

________________________

J U D G M E N T

________________________

Table of contentsParagraph
A.   Background ……………………………………………………………………… 1
B.   The statutory framework for pecuniary penalties ………………………………… 4
C.   The role of the Commission ……………………………………………………… 10
D.   The proper approach for the determination of pecuniary penalties ………………… 18
       D1.   The Commission’s submissions ……………………………………………18
       D2.   The respondents’ submissions …………………………………………… 25
       D3.   Whether a multi-step approach should be adopted ………………………… 33
       D4.   The proper approach ……………………………………………………… 46
       D5.   Step 1 — determining the Base Amount …………………………………… 48
              Value of Sales ……………………………………………………………… 49
              Gravity Percentage ………………………………………………………… 50
              Duration Multiplier ………………………………………………………… 51
       D6.   Step 2 — making adjustments for aggravating, mitigating and other factors …… 52
       D7.   Step 3 — applying the statutory cap …………………………………………… 60
       D8.  Step 4 — applying cooperation reduction and considering plea of inability to pay …… 68
              (a)   Cooperation reduction ……………………………………………………… 68
              (b)   Inability to pay ……………………………………………………………… 74
E.   Application to the respondents ………………………………………………………… 76
       E1.   Step 1 — Base Amount ………………………………………………………… 77
              (a)   Value of Sales ……………………………………………………………… 77
              (b)   Gravity Percentage ………………………………………………………… 88
              (c)   Duration Multiplier ………………………………………………………… 95
              (d)   Base Amount ……………………………………………………………… 97
       E2.  Step 2 — adjustments for aggravating, mitigating and other factors …………… 98
       E3.  Step 3 — statutory cap  ………………………………………………………… 112
       E4.  Step 4 — cooperation reduction and inability to pay …………………………… 117
              (a)   Cooperation reduction ……………………………………………………… 117
              (b)   Inability to pay ……………………………………………………………… 118
       E5.   Conclusion on penalties ………………………………………………………… 123
F.   Costs of proceedings ………………………………………………………………… 124
G.   Costs of investigation ………………………………………………………………… 140
H.   Orders ……………………………………………………………………………… 144

A.  Background

1.  In its judgment dated 17 May 2019 (“Judgment”),[1] this Tribunal found that each of the 10 respondents had contravened the first conduct rule in the Competition Ordinance (Cap 619) (“Ordinance”) by making and giving effect to a market sharing arrangement (the Floor Allocation Arrangement[2]) and a price fixing arrangement (the Package Price Arrangement[3]) while providing decoration services to individual tenants at a public housing estate, namely, On Tat Estate (Phase 1). 

2.  In terms of the legal consequences, it is not in dispute that declarations should be made under s 94(1) and paragraph 1(a) of Schedule 3 in accordance with this Tribunal’s findings.  What remain to be determined, and are dealt with in this judgment, are (1) the amount of pecuniary penalties that should be imposed on each respondent; and (2) whether and, if so, the extent to which the respondents should be ordered to pay the costs of proceedings and the costs of investigation of the applicant (“Commission”).  The present judgment should be read in conjunction with the Judgment. 

3.  For the purposes of the sanctions hearing, the Tribunal has been supplied with financial information concerning the respondents including their financial years, turnovers, and revenues derived from the provision of decoration services at public rental housing estates, and the 3rd, 4th and 9th respondents have filed further witness statements.  The Commission did not cross-examine the 3rd and 9th respondents’ witnesses.

B.  The statutory framework for pecuniary penalties

4.  Part 6 of the Ordinance deals with enforcement before the Tribunal.  The primary sanction provided for is pecuniary penalty.  There is no power of imprisonment.  There is a power to make an order disqualifying a person from being a director or liquidator of any company if a company, of which the person is a director, is found to have contravened a competition rule.[4] There is also power to make a wide range of other orders specified in Schedule 3 to the Ordinance, including a declaration of contravention, an order restraining conduct that constitutes contravention, an order requiring the disposition of operations, assets or shares of any undertaking, and an order declaring an agreement to be void or voidable or requiring the parties to modify or terminate it.

5.  The power to impose a pecuniary penalty is conferred on the Tribunal by s 93(1) of the Ordinance in these terms:

“ If the Tribunal is satisfied, on application by the Commission under section 92, that a person has contravened or been involved in a contravention of a competition rule, it may order that person to pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty of any amount it considers appropriate.”

6.  In regard to the amount of the penalty, the statute makes two specific provisions.  First, s 93(2) sets out certain matters to which the Tribunal must have regard in determining the amount:

“ (2) Without limiting the matters that the Tribunal may have regard to, in determining the amount of the pecuniary penalty, the Tribunal must have regard to the following matters—

(a)  the nature and extent of the conduct that constitutes the contravention;

(b)  the loss or damage, if any, caused by the conduct;

(c)  the circumstance in which the conduct took place; and

(d)  whether the person has previously been found by the Tribunal to have contravened this Ordinance.”

7.  Secondly, the statute imposes a ceiling which a penalty may not exceed:

“ (3) The amount of a pecuniary penalty imposed under subsection (1) in relation to conduct that constitutes a single contravention may not exceed in total—

(a) subject to paragraph (b), 10% of the turnover of the undertaking concerned for each year in which the contravention occurred; or

(b)  if the contravention occurred in more than 3 years, 10% of the turnover of the undertaking concerned for the 3 years in which the contravention occurred that saw the highest, second highest and third highest turnover.”

8.  For this purpose, s 93(4) defines “turnover” to mean the total gross revenues of an undertaking obtained in Hong Kong, and “year” to mean the financial year of an undertaking.  Further, s 2 of the Competition (Turnover) Regulation (Cap 619C), made pursuant to s 163 of the Ordinance, provides:

“ (1)  For the purpose of section 93 of the Ordinance, in determining the turnover of an undertaking, the total gross revenues of the undertaking are the amounts derived by the undertaking from the undertaking’s ordinary activities in Hong Kong after deduction of the following (if any)—

(a)  sales rebates;

(b)  taxes directly related to the revenues.

…

(4)  Subject to this section, the total gross revenues of an undertaking are to be calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.”

9.  Section 155A of the Ordinance provides that a pecuniary penalty may be enforced by the Tribunal in the same manner in which a judgment of the Court of First Instance for the payment of money may be enforced and, in particular, as a judgment debt due to the Registrar of the Tribunal.

C.  The role of the Commission

10.  The 2nd and 3rd respondents submit that the role of the Commission in relation to the assessment of pecuniary penalty is the same as that of a prosecutor in criminal sentencing.  As such, they submit, the Commission should not be permitted to influence the Tribunal in relation to the quantum; nor should it be allowed to make submissions on the bounds of the available range of penalties.

11.  As with some of the respondents’ other submissions, the underlying theme of this contention is that these proceedings are to be treated in exactly the same way as classic criminal cases.  I do not think this is the correct approach.  Whilst, for the purposes of Art 11 of the Bill of Rights, the Commission has accepted that these proceedings involve the determination of a criminal charge,[5] and this Tribunal has concluded that the applicable standard of proof is proof beyond reasonable doubt,[6] it does not follow that, for all purposes and in all contexts, contravention of the conduct rules is to be regarded as a criminal offence or that these proceedings are to be regarded as a criminal trial and sentencing.  On the contrary, s 171(1) of the Ordinance specifically provides that criminal proceedings for an offence under the Ordinance may not be brought in the Tribunal, demonstrating a legislative intent that contraventions of competition rules are not to be regarded as “offences” created by the Ordinance.

12.  Further, s 144(1) of the Ordinance provides:

“ The Tribunal may decide its own procedures and may, in so far as it thinks fit, follow the practice and procedure of the Court of First Instance in the exercise of its civil jurisdiction, and for this purpose, has the same jurisdiction, powers and duties of the Court in respect of such practice and procedure, including the jurisdiction, powers and duties of the Court in respect of costs.” (emphasis added)

13.  In fact, the proceedings both in the present case and in other cases in which pecuniary penalties are sought have been conducted in the Tribunal in a manner broadly similar to civil proceedings in the Court of First Instance, with pleadings and particulars, witness statements and the admission of hearsay evidence.

14.  The Australian authority that the 2nd and 3rd respondents rely on for their submission, ie Barbaro v R [2014] HCA 2, has been held in Australia not to apply in the context of determination of financial penalties in competition cases, albeit such penalties are classified there as civil penalties: Commonwealth v Director, Fair Work Building Industry Inspectorate & Others [2015] HCA 46.  In practice, in Australia, the regulator would recommend specific amounts to the court as appropriate penalties for contravention of competition law and it has been said that “the Court can quite properly receive either joint or separate submissions from the parties, and particularly a regulator, as to the facts and penalty”: see Australian Competition and Consumer Commission vCement Australia Pty Ltd [2016] FCA 453, §§30 & 208.

15.  In any event, even in classic criminal cases in Hong Kong, as pointed out in the Prosecution Code of the Department of Justice,[7] a prosecutor has an active role to play in the sentencing process by assisting the court to impose the appropriate penalty and to avoid appealable error; see also Cross and Cheung, Sentencing in Hong Kong (8th ed), Ch 35.

16.  Furthermore, to preclude the Commission from making submissions and recommendations in relation to pecuniary penalty would fundamentally undermine the programme designed to incentivise cooperation with the Commission on the part of undertakings and persons who may have contravened or been involved in a contravention of the Ordinance.  Such programme is in principle consistent with the policy of the law, as discussed in section D8(a) below, and should not be unnecessarily obstructed.

17.  Accordingly this Tribunal has not precluded the Commission from making submissions on the appropriate penalties including the proper approach and the amounts it recommends.

D.  The proper approach for the determination of pecuniary penalties

D1.  The Commission’s submissions

18.  The Commission submits that a principled methodological framework for the determination of pecuniary penalties is desirable and that the Tribunal should adopt an approach similar to those applied in the European Union (“EU”) and the United Kingdom (“UK”) respectively. 

19.  In the UK, the penalty is imposed and fixed by the Competition & Market Authority (“CMA”), with appeals lying to the Competition Appeal Tribunal.  In fixing a penalty, the CMA is by statute required to have regard to the seriousness of the infringement concerned and the desirability of deterring both the undertaking in question and others from infringement.[8] No penalty may exceed 10% of the worldwide turnover of the undertaking.[9]  The approach for fixing the amount of the penalty is set out in its Guidance as to the Appropriate Amount of a Penalty (18 April 2018) (“CMA Guidance”), which the CMA is required by law[10] to prepare and publish, and to which the CMA and the Competition Appeal Tribunal “must have regard” when setting the amount of a penalty.[11]  As provided in the CMA Guidance at §§2.1–2.33, the determination of a financial penalty imposed by the CMA under s 36 of the (UK) Competition Act 1998 follows a six-step approach:

(1)  calculation of the starting point having regard to the seriousness of the infringement, the need for general deterrence and the relevant turnover of the undertaking;

(2)  adjusting for duration;

(3)  adjustment for aggravating or mitigating factors;

(4)  adjustment for specific deterrence and proportionality;

(5)  adjustment if the maximum penalty of 10% of the worldwide turnover of the undertaking is exceeded and to avoid double jeopardy; and

(6)  adjustment for leniency, settlement discounts and/or approval of a voluntary redress scheme.

20.  In the EU, fines for infringement of the Treaty provisions on competition law[12] are imposed by the European Commission, subject to appeal to the General Court which has unlimited jurisdiction to review decisions fixing a fine.[13]  Article 23 of Regulation 1/2003[14] provides, inter alia, that the fine shall not exceed 10% of an undertaking’s total turnover in the preceding business year and that in fixing the amount of the fine, regard shall be had both to the gravity and duration of the infringement.  The detailed approach of the European Commission for fixing the amount of a fine is explained in its published Guidelines on the method of setting fines imposed pursuant to Article 23(2)(a) of Regulation No 1/2003 [2006] OJ C210/2 (“EU Guidelines”).  These guidelines set out a two-step methodology.

21.  First, a “basic amount” for the fine is determined as a proportion of the value of the sales to which the infringement relates during the last full business year of its participation in the infringement, multiplied by the number of years of infringement.  This proportion depends on the gravity of the infringement, assessed on a case-by-case basis taking account of all the relevant circumstances, including the nature of the infringement, the combined market share of all the undertakings concerned, the geographic scope of the infringement and whether or not the infringement has been implemented.  As a general rule, the proportion may be set at a level of up to 30% of the value of sales.  An amount of between 15% and 25% of the value of sales will be included in the basic amount to deter undertakings from even entering into horizontal price-fixing, market-sharing and output-limitation agreements; this is sometimes called the “entry fee” to a cartel.

22.  The second step involves taking into consideration circumstances that result in an adjustment to the basic amount.  This is done on the basis of an overall assessment which takes account of all the relevant circumstances.  Five specific matters are mentioned in theEU Guidelines:

(1)  aggravating circumstances, which may lead to an increase from the basic amount; examples set out include where an undertaking is a recidivist, refusal to cooperate with or obstruction of the European Commission in its investigation, and acting as leader or instigator of the infringement;

(2)  mitigating circumstances, which may lead to a reduction of the basic amount; the examples mentioned are early termination of infringement upon intervention by the European Commission, negligent (as opposed to intentional) infringements, limited involvement in the infringement, cooperation with the European Commission outside the scope of the leniency notice, and where the infringing conduct has been authorised or encouraged by public authorities or by legislation;

(3)  specific increase for deterrence, for example where the undertakings have a particularly large turnover beyond the sales to which the infringement relates;

(4)  the leniency rules and any applicable leniency notice; and

(5)  in exceptional cases, the undertaking’s inability to pay may be taken into account.

23.  Drawing from the EU’s and UK’s practice, the Commission advocates a seven-step approach as follows.

(1)  Step 1 involves the determination of a base penalty, by applying a “gravity percentage” to the value of the undertaking’s sales directly or indirectly related to the contravention in the relevant geographic area within Hong Kong.  The initial sum thus obtained is then multiplied by the number of years of the undertaking’s participation in the contravention to derive the base penalty.

(2)  Step 2 involves consideration of aggravating and mitigating circumstances, leading to an increase and decrease respectively of the base penalty expressed as a percentage. 

(3)  Step 3 involves an uplift to the base penalty where the person has previously been found to have contravened the Ordinance.

(4)  Step 4 involves consideration of the loss or damage, if any, caused by the conduct.

(5)  Step 5 involves possible adjustment for specific deterrence.

(6)  Step 6 involves the application of the statutory cap in s 93(3).

(7)  Step 7 involves the application of any reduction to reflect cooperation with the Commission.

24.  According to the Commission’s submissions, application of this approach (and including a possible downward adjustment of $50,000 as a “buffer”) would yield the following results:

NameRecommended Range of Pecuniary Penalty after Steps 1 to 5 (HKD)Statutory Cap (HKD)Recommended Range or Amount of Pecuniary Penalty (after Statutory Cap and rounded down to the nearest thousand HKD)
1st Respondent 1,030,658 - 1,080,658 37,800,033 1,030,000 - 1,080,000
2nd Respondent 267,858 - 317,858 132,441 132,000
3rd Respondent 715,456 - 765,456 318,940 318,000
4th Respondent 656,471 - 706,471 1,825,263 656,000 - 706,000
5th Respondent 903,885 - 953,885 397,452 397,000
6th Respondent 299,315 - 349,315 145,548 145,000
7th Respondent 703,261 - 753,261 313,859 313,000
8th Respondent 946,796 - 996,796 415,332 415,000
9th Respondent 1,135,130 - 1,185,130 2,417,376 1,135,000 - 1,185,000
10th Respondent 958,914 - 1,008,914 420,381 420,000

D2.  The respondents’ submissions

25.  The 1st respondent is “generally agreeable” to the seven-step approach put forward by the Commission, and only takes issue on how this framework is applied in so far as the 1st respondent is concerned. 

26.  The 2nd and 3rd respondents submit that the imposition of pecuniary penalties is a process of criminal sentencing, that flexibility consonant with the discretionary judgment in a sentencing exercise should be retained, that a process of what has been called “instinctive synthesis” in Australian cases should be preferred, and that a mathematical and two-tier or multi-step approach for fixing the penalty such as that practised in the EU and UK should not be adopted. 

27.  The Australian approach has been described as follows:[15]

“ The fixing of a pecuniary penalty pursuant to s 76 of the Competition and Consumer Act involves the identification and balancing of all the factors relevant to the contravention and the circumstances of the contravenor, and making a value judgment as to what is the appropriate penalty in light of the protective and deterrent purpose of a pecuniary penalty.”

This process includes the following features:[16]

“ 4.  The Court should not adopt a mathematical approach of increments or decrements from a pre-determined range, or assign specific numerical or proportionate value to the various relevant factors;

5.  It is not appropriate to determine an ‘objective’ sentence and then adjust it by some mathematical value given to one or more factors such as a plea of guilty or assistance to authorities;

6.  The Court may not add and subtract item by item from some apparently subliminally derived figure to determine the penalty to be imposed.”

28.  The 2nd and 3rd respondents advocate for an instinctive synthesis to replace the Commission’s Steps 1 to 5, but accept that the statutory cap and discount for cooperation (ie Step 6 and Step 7 in the Commission’s approach) should be retained and applied at the end as they serve “non-sentencing purposes”.[17] In particular, they accept that the statutory cap is not to be taken into account in arriving at the penalty in the instinctive synthesis, and is only to be applied after assessing what the penalty should be, to make sure the ceiling is not exceeded. 

29.  The 4th respondent makes no submission on the general approach.

30.  The 5th respondent agrees with the Commission that a “principled and methodological approach” should be adopted for the determination of pecuniary penalty and that the EU and UK methods are to be preferred to the Australian approach.  It is also “in broad agreement” with the Commission’s seven-step approach subject to three points:

(1)  First, the statutory maximum penalty should be reserved for the most serious offence of its type.  It is not reasonable to propose the imposition of the maximum penalty in the present case (which the Commission’s submissions will lead to, in the case of all the respondents except the 1st, 4th and 9th respondents).

(2)  Secondly, proportionality should be considered in Step 5 and the Tribunal may make appropriate downward adjustment having regard to an undertaking’s size and financial position to ensure that the penalty is not disproportionate.

(3)  Thirdly, the Tribunal ultimately retains the power and discretion to reduce the penalty in a case where the undertaking would otherwise experience financial hardship, and should not impose penalties exceeding a certain percentage (eg 50%) of the undertaking’s adjusted net assets or net profit after tax.

31.  The 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents “do not take issue with” the framework proposed by the Commission and agree that the Tribunal is entitled to adopt it, but they also put forward a number of principles on sentencing that they ask the Tribunal to take into account, including that the maximum fine should not be imposed where the case is not the worst of its kind.

32.  Like the 2nd and 3rd respondents, the 9th respondent advocates for the adoption of the Australian approach. As a fall-back position, it is submitted that the Tribunal is not confined to the mitigating circumstances set out in the EU Guidelines and the CMA Guidance and that a number of other circumstances relating to the 9th respondent are relevant and should be taken into account.

D3.  Whether a multi-step approach should be adopted

33.  The overarching question raised by the competing submissions is whether it is open to and appropriate for this Tribunal to adopt a multi-step methodology for assessing the pecuniary penalty. 

34.  While the language of s 93(2)(a)-(d) is, as counsel for the 2nd, 3rd and 9th respondents respectively submit, close to s 76 of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) of Australia,[18] this is in my opinion not necessarily an indication of a legislative intention that the Australian approach in the assessment of penalties should be followed.  On the whole, those parts of the Ordinance that lay down the conduct rules and the efficiency defence are clearly modelled on the equivalent provisions in the EU.  For the purposes of enacting s 93, reference was made to Australian legislation because it served as a model for the design of the judicial enforcement regime, which Hong Kong has adopted in preference to the administrative enforcement model in the EU and the UK.  Neither the Australian provision nor s 93, however, stipulates whether expressly or implicitly any specific approach or methodology in determining pecuniary penalties except that the tribunal is mandated to have regard to certain specified considerations and the amount of penalty is subject to a statutory cap. 

35.  Section 93(3), which sets out the statutory cap, is in fact closer to Singaporean legislation,[19] which provides for a ceiling of 10% of the undertaking’s annual turnover in Singapore for each year of infringement up to a maximum of three years.  The approach adopted by the Competition and Consumer Commission of Singapore for calculating financial penalties is a structured six-step approach similar in substance to that applied in the UK and the EU.[20]

36.  The purpose of the Ordinance, as stated in its long title, is, inter alia, to prohibit conduct that prevents, restricts or distorts competition in Hong Kong.  This is to be achieved by having a regulator, ie the Commission, that conducts investigation and brings enforcement proceedings, and a judicial tribunal, ie the Tribunal, which hears enforcement actions and imposes sanctions where infringement is found.  As the primary sanction provided for in the Ordinance, the pecuniary penalty serves the principal purpose of deterring undertakings from anti-competitive conduct. It is through this sanction that undertakings are to be deterred from activities which might otherwise be highly profitable to them and competition norms are reinforced for all including the law-abiding.  Speaking of the financial penalties provided for in s 76 of the Trade Practices Act 1974,[21] French J said in Trade Practices Commission v CSR Ltd (1991) 13 ATPR 41-076 at §40 that retribution and rehabilitation had no role to play and that:

“ The principal, and I think probably the only, object of the penalties imposed by s.76 is to attempt to put a price on contravention that is sufficiently high to deter repetition by the contravenor and by others who might be tempted to contravene the Act.”[22]

37.  In my view, the object of deterrence is best served in Hong Kong by a structured and methodological approach.  Contraventions of competition law “do not occur as a result of passion or accident”.[23] They are often the result of conscious attempts to achieve financial gain.  Through the pecuniary penalty, the law imposes a “price on contravention” in order to deter undertakings from engaging in anti-competitive conduct.  Such deterrence works better the more transparent and predictable the process of determining the penalty.

38.  This is not to say that the Australian approach necessarily lacks certainty and predictability.  The approach adopted by each jurisdiction does not operate in a vacuum but on the basis of an entire body of jurisprudence, social trends, consensus and traditions.  In Markarian v The Queen (2005) 228 CLR 357 at §76, McHugh J said:

“ In fact, although a sentencing judge does ultimately select a number, it is not from thin air that the judge selects it. The judicial air is thick with trends, statistics, appellate guidance and, often enough these days, statutory guidance.”

39.  In Hong Kong, however, where competition law is still a nascent subject, a structured approach is in my view necessary to provide the desirable level of certainty, clarity and transparency in the assessment of the pecuniary penalty.  In Australia itself, it was recognised that:

“ The law strongly favours transparency. Accessible reasoning is necessary in the interests of victims, of the parties, appeal courts, and the public. There may be occasions when some indulgence in an arithmetical process will better serve these ends.”[24]

40.  Starting with a base amount that is linked to the volume of commerce affected by the contravention, as involved in the structured approach, also serves to take account, in some measure, of the likely gain made by the undertaking and the harm to society flowing from the contravention, and thereby to deter any cynical calculation that it may be worth the risk of detection and sanction.  This is a practice adopted by many jurisdictions apart from the EU, UK and Singapore, including Germany, Japan, Korea and the United States.[25]

41.  Furthermore, greater predictability of outcome in penalty also serves the public policy involved in promoting cooperation with the regulator.  As the High Court of Australia observed in Commonwealth v Director, Fair Work Building Industry Inspectorate, supra, at §46:

“ such predictability of outcome encourages corporations to acknowledge contraventions, which, in turn, assists in avoiding lengthy and complex litigation and thus tends to free the courts to deal with other matters and to free investigating officers to turn to other areas of investigation that await their attention.”

42.  While they eschew a structured methodology, Australian authorities show that much the same kind of considerations as proposed by the Commission here are taken into account in determining penalties for breach of competition law: see the list of factors in French J’s judgment in Trade Practices Commission v CSR Ltd at §42;[26] and Australian Competition and Consumer Commission v Coles Supermarkets Australia Pty Ltd (2015) 327 ALR 540, §§8-9.

43.  While the EU Commission and the UK CMA are executive enforcement agencies, the approach they have adopted for determining financial penalties is in my opinion not inconsistent with the judicial function of the Tribunal in determining the amount of penalties under the judicial enforcement model in Hong Kong.  The penalties imposed in those jurisdictions are frequently upheld by the EU courts and the UK Competition Appeal Tribunal respectively.  In the US, where fines are imposed by courts, there are also sentencing guidelines that suggest that, for antitrust contraventions, a base fine is determined in a similar way as a percentage of the volume of commerce affected, before aggravating and mitigating elements and, finally, a maximum statutory limit, are then taken into consideration.[27]

44.  I am also satisfied that in contrast with the “weight of authority”[28] that exists in Australia against a tiered approach, there is nothing in Hong Kong jurisprudence that precludes its adoption.  Even in sentencing for criminal offences, Hong Kong courts regularly adopt an approach that begins with identifying a starting point based on gravity and blameworthiness, before making enhancement and reduction on account of aggravating and mitigating factors respectively: see eg HKSAR v Islam Azharul[2020] HKCA 29.

45.  For all these reasons, I consider that a structured methodological approach should be adopted in Hong Kong.

D4.  The proper approach

46.  In my opinion, the determination of the pecuniary penalty under the Ordinance should be approached in four main steps:

Step 1     determining the Base Amount

Step 2     making adjustments for aggravating, mitigating and other factors

Step 3     applying the statutory cap

Step 4     applying cooperation reduction and considering plea of inability to pay, if any

47.  As will be seen, this is not fundamentally different from the approach advocated by the Commission, but involves a re-grouping of the constituent elements into what I consider to be a broadly based scheme. These elements will be further explained below.

D5.  Step 1 — determining the Base Amount

48.  The starting point is the determination of the “Base Amount”.  This is intended to reflect in broad terms one of the mandatory considerations set out in s 93(2) of the Ordinance, namely, the nature and extent of the conduct which constitutes the contravention. 

Value of Sales

49.  As a starting point, the value of the undertaking’s sales directly or indirectly related to the contravention in the relevant geographic area within Hong Kong in the financial year in question (“Value of Sales”) is identified as a metric that seeks to capture a sense of the scale of the infringement, which is relevant to the potential impact of the conduct on the public weal.  Value of Sales is a different concept from the turnover of the undertaking since it refers not to the revenues from all of the undertaking’s activities but only from the affected commerce. 

Gravity Percentage

50.  To reflect the seriousness of the conduct in question, a “Gravity Percentage” will be identified, to be applied to the Value of Sales.  The percentage itself is not calculated by any scientific method but provides a broad scale to reflect the gravity and blameworthiness of the conduct.  For serious anti-competitive conduct (as defined in the Ordinance[29]), the range of 15% to 30% suggested by the Commission appears to be broadly in line with international practice and, in my view, appropriate for Hong Kong as well.  While the Gravity Percentage is not to be directly equated with the likely cartel overcharge in respect of the contravention, it may be noted that studies have suggested that the median cartel overcharge in other jurisdictions lies between 17% and 30%.[30]

Duration Multiplier

51.  To reflect the temporal extent of the conduct in question, the amount thus obtained is multiplied by the number of years of the undertaking’s participation in the contravention (“Duration Multiplier”) to derive the Base Amount.  This also provides an incentive for an infringing undertaking to cease its contravention as soon as possible.

D6.  Step 2 — making adjustments for aggravating, mitigating and other factors

52.  Step 2 is a broad process that involves consideration of the surrounding circumstances, in a wide sense, that may have a bearing on the proper penalty.

53.  As provided in s 93(2)(c) of the Ordinance, the circumstances in which the conduct took place must be taken into account. This exercise includes consideration of aggravating circumstances and mitigating circumstances, leading to an increase and decrease respectively of the Base Amount. 

54.  Not all of the factors mentioned in the Commission’s submissions have relevance to the present case.  For the record, the Commission submits that aggravating circumstances may include where an undertaking acts as a leader in or instigator of the contravention; where it takes coercive or retaliatory measures against other persons to ensure the implementation, continuation or concealment of the contravention; where directors and senior management are involved in the contravention; where the conduct is of a particularly egregious nature; where the anti-competitive practice is reflective of widespread industry practice such that there is a need for general deterrence; where the conduct is serious anti-competitive conduct and the undertaking has continued with it despite being aware of the Commission’s investigation; and where an undertaking obstructs the Commission’s investigation.  Since the Commission does not contend for any increase on account of any aggravating circumstances in the present case, it is not necessary to discuss them. 

55.  The Commission submits that mitigating circumstances may include where there was genuine uncertainty as to the lawfulness of the conduct in question; where the undertaking’s participation in a contravention is limited; and where an undertaking has taken steps to ensure genuine compliance with the Ordinance that reflect a corporate commitment to competition compliance. 

56.  Another mandatory consideration, set out in s 93(2)(b) of the Ordinance, is the loss or damage, if any, caused by the conduct.  Where specific and concrete loss or damage is evident, there may well be justification for increasing the amount of penalty, but I do not think it is the legislative intention for the Tribunal to have to embark upon a detailed quantitative analysis in every case for the sole purpose of determining the penalty.  As submitted by the Commission, where the Tribunal would have already implicitly given some consideration to the likely loss or damage caused by an infringement by object when determining the Gravity Percentage in Step 1, a further adjustment to the figures on account of loss and damage may not be necessary; see also §§99-100 below. 

57.  Also encompassed within this stage is the question whether the person in question has previously been found to have contravened the Ordinance, ie the mandatory consideration set out in s 93(2)(d) of the Ordinance.  Where there is a previous contravention, one can expect an uplift to the Base Amount, having regard (without limitation) to whether there is more than one previous contravention; the time lag between the previous and current contraventions; whether any of the individuals involved in the previous contravention are connected with the current contravention; and the nature of the previous contravention.

58.  The Commission submits that another possible consideration to take into account is specific deterrence, ie to deter those persons who have been found to have contravened or been involved in a contravention of a conduct rule from engaging in further anti-competitive practices.  As no adjustment has been suggested for the present case on this basis, it is unnecessary to discuss this further.

59.  Proportionality is relevant throughout the process of assessment but should in particular be considered here to give an overall sense check.  It is important to stand back and look to see whether, subject to the subsequent steps, the amount arrived at would be a just and proportionate penalty for the contravention by the undertaking in the circumstances.

D7.  Step 3 — applying the statutory cap

60.  Step 3 involves the application of the statutory cap stipulated in s 93(3).  The Commission submits that the Tribunal should first arrive at the provisional amount of the penalty by the earlier steps without regard to the statutory cap.  Where the amount so calculated exceeds the cap, the statutory maximum is to be imposed (subject to any final adjustments in the last step).

61.  The 2nd and 3rd respondents also submit[31] that the statutory cap (as well as the cooperation reduction referred to in the next step) is not to be taken into account in arriving at the penalty in the instinctive synthesis, and is only to be applied after assessing what the penalty should otherwise be, to make sure the ceiling is not exceeded.  This, it is said, is permissible within the instinctive synthesis approach because these matters are “not related to sentencing purposes”.[32]

62.  In contrast, some of the other respondents submit that the statutory cap should be viewed as the “maximum sentence”, to be reserved for a case that is the worst case of its kind that can be realistically envisaged, citing criminal authorities such as R v Harrison [1909] 2 Cr App R 94 and HKSAR v Tran Van Ha (unrep, HCMA 1000/2002, 20 December 2002).

63.  True maximum sentences prescribed in the statute, such as a maximum period of imprisonment and a fixed maximum amount of fine, are regarded as providing a legislative view of the seriousness of the crime in question: R v Lawrence (1980) 32 ALR 72, 110; Attorney General v Ho Yu Ping (CAAR 8/1993, 10 September 1993); Attorney General v Chan Ching-ho [1994] 2 HKCLR 218, 220.  The issue is whether the statutory cap in s 93(3) should be viewed in this way.

64.  The statutory cap is calculated by reference to overall turnover of an undertaking, not the value of the kind of sales affected by the infringement.  While the Ordinance follows the EU and the UK in adopting a limit of 10% of the turnover, s 93(3) differs in that (1) the turnover is confined to revenues obtained in Hong Kong as opposed to worldwide turnover; and (2) the limit is applied for each year of infringement up to a maximum of 10% of the turnover for the 3 years with the highest turnover.  In these two respects s 93(3) is similar to the equivalent provision in Singapore.[33]

65.  In all these jurisdictions the legal limit is applied only towards the end of the process of assessment so as to ensure that the maximum is not exceeded, and not treated as part of the general considerations in arriving at the amount of the penalty in the first place.[34]  In this way the statutory cap functions as an ultimate backstop which, on a general level, takes into account the impact of the penalty on the finances of the undertaking.

66.  In my view the same approach should be applied under the Ordinance.  The statutory limit is based on the general turnover of an undertaking, which has no intrinsic relationship to the scale and impact of the infringement.  A large undertaking with a high general turnover can commit a contravention in relation to a particular product with a low Value of Sales, with the rest of its turnover being derived from a range of other activities wholly unrelated to the infringement.  Conversely, a small undertaking’s turnover may consist entirely of the Value of Sales relevant to its contravention.  In designating a legal limit by reference to general turnover, the legislature seems to me to be providing for a long stop, to draw a line in terms of turnover beyond which the penalty will not reach, rather than providing a scale to measure the seriousness of the infringement.  The statutory cap in s 93(3) is more akin to a jurisdictional limit than and different in nature from provisions stipulating, for example, the maximum period of imprisonment or the maximum fine in fixed monetary terms for an offence.

67.  With respect, the respondents’ submission is an opportunistic one.  If the respondents were large conglomerates with a high overall turnover, of which their revenues derived from On Tat Estate were but a tiny fraction, one suspects that they would be saying that their turnover had no relation at all to the assessment of the appropriate penalty.  Similarly, if the Legislature were to amend s 93(3) to increase the limit, I doubt if any respondent would say that such a move indicated a new legislative view of the seriousness of contravention of competition law, to be reflected in higher penalties generally. 

D8.  Step 4 — applying cooperation reduction and considering plea of inability to pay

(a)   Cooperation reduction

68.  Step 4 involves the application of reduction to reflect cooperation with the Commission. 

69.  An incentive in the form of a possible reduction in the amount of pecuniary penalty to encourage cooperation with the regulator is a feature commonly found in competition law systems around the world and, in my view, an appropriate factor to be taken into account by the Tribunal in setting the fine.  As this Tribunal said in Competition Commission v Nutanix Hong Kong Ltd & Others[2018] HKCT 1 at §29:

“ Leniency is an important investigative tool found in the competition law and practice of many jurisdictions to combat cartels.  Hard-core cartels are virtually universally condemned by competition authorities as being economically harmful.  By their very nature they are also usually difficult to detect, investigate and prove.  This has led to the adoption of leniency programmes which are, in essence, schemes designed to reward co-operation by a cartel member to aid in exposing cartels.  A leniency programme operated by an enforcement agency typically offers persons involved in a cartel immunity from fines (or sometimes a reduction) which might otherwise be imposed, in return for cooperation, often in the form of provision of information and evidence.  The value of such a programme extends beyond dealing with the immediate case to creating “a general climate of uncertainty among potential cartel members which may inhibit the actual formation of cartels”.”

70.  While that was said in relation to leniency, and leniency agreement as mentioned in s 80 of the Ordinance refers to an agreement not to bring or continue proceedings for a pecuniary penalty,[35] similar considerations apply to lesser incentives such as a reduction in the amount of the pecuniary penalty imposed on an undertaking that does not benefit from a leniency agreement.

71.  In the enforcement system adopted under the Ordinance, it is, of course, for the Tribunal rather than the Commission to determine the amount of any pecuniary penalty in the first instance.  There is, however, as stated above, nothing to prevent the Commission from recommending to the Tribunal a reduction for cooperation.

72.  In the case of cartel conduct, the cooperation reduction that the Commission will recommend will be the sum of discounts determined in accordance with the Commission’s Cooperation and Settlement Policy for Undertakings Engaged in Cartel Conduct (April 2019).  There is, in particular, a gradation of the recommended discount based upon the order in which undertakings have expressed their interest to cooperate.

73.  As none of the respondents in this case has any claim for reduction for cooperation, this is not the occasion to consider in detail the effect of, or the weight to be placed on, the Commission’s recommendation of a reduction of penalty.  As a matter of principle, the following may be said:

(1)  The Tribunal, as an independent tribunal, is not bound by any such recommendation of the Commission.

(2)  The Tribunal may, however, properly have regard to the Commission’s recommendation bearing in mind the policy justifications.  As the Tribunal said in Competition Commission v Nutanix Hong Kong Ltd & Others[2018] HKCT 1 at §58:

“ … there is in my view an at least equally strong public interest in facilitating the kind of cooperation and settlement envisaged in the Leniency Policy (as well as other forms of cooperation and settlement referred to below in relation to Class 5). Such arrangements enable the Commission to carry out its investigations more efficiently, save the public time and costs, and (especially in the case of settlement) give early redress to any harmful conduct, thereby benefitting society as a whole.”

(3)  It is appropriate that the cooperation reduction is dealt with after applying the statutory cap, to ensure that even if the pecuniary penalty would already be limited by the statutory cap, there would still be a real benefit for someone to offer cooperation.  Otherwise one could find a situation where the cooperation reduction was rendered immaterial and therefore provided no incentive, because both the original and reduced amounts would exceed the statutory cap.

(b)  Inability to pay

74.  In many jurisdictions it is recognised that exceptionally, a firm’s financial inability to pay the penalty may be taken into account to justify a reduction of the amount assessed.  In the EU Guidelines, it is stated:[36]

“ In exceptional cases, the Commission may, upon request, take account of the undertaking’s inability to pay in a specific social and economic context. It will not base any reduction granted for this reason in the fine on the mere finding of an adverse or loss-making financial situation. A reduction could be granted solely on the basis of objective evidence that imposition of the fine as provided for in these Guidelines would irretrievably jeopardise the economic viability of the undertaking concerned and cause its assets to lose all their value.”

A reference to financial hardship in exceptional circumstances is also found in the CMA Guidance.[37]

75.  As explained in section E4(b) below, while the point has been raised by the 5th respondent in this case, there is no sufficient material to engage the question and it is unnecessary to discuss the principles involved.

E.  Application to the respondents

76.  The above approach will be applied to the respondents as shown below.

E1.  Step 1 — Base Amount

(a)  Value of Sales

77.  The Value of Sales of each respondent, being the value of its respective sales directly or indirectly related to the contravention within Hong Kong, has been calculated by the Commission based on each respondent’s work orders and invoices issued for renovation works at On Tat Estate (Phase 1).  Subject to the arguments raised by the 1st and 4th respondents dealt with below, the amounts are not in dispute and are as follows:

NameValue of Sales (HKD)
1st Respondent4,502,740
2nd Respondent 1,324,410
3rd Respondent 3,189,400
4th Respondent 2,943,630
5th Respondent 3,974,520
6th Respondent 1,455,480
7th Respondent 3,138,588
8th Respondent 4,153,318
9th Respondent 4,938,040
10th Respondent 4,203,810

78.  The 1st respondent submits that whilst the works done in the name of “W. Hing Construction Company Limited” at On Tat Estate (Phase 1) amounted to $4,502,740, its Value of Sales should be taken as only $200,000, being the lump sum it received from its subcontractor for the right to work in that name.[38]  I reject this contention.  The contravention of competition law that has occurred is that committed by the single undertaking that carried on renovation business in the Estate in the name of W. Hing, in the form of making and giving effect to the Floor Allocation Arrangement and the Package Price Arrangement; the contravention is not the transfer of the “licence” by the 1st respondent to its subcontractor.  The correct focus is on the Value of Sales in relation to the contravention found of the undertaking responsible.  For the undertaking comprising the 1st respondent, the Value of Sales is therefore $4,502,740.

79.  There is no dispute that the value of the work orders done at On Tat Estate (Phase 1) in the name of Tai Dou Building Contractor is $2,943,630.  The 4th respondent submits, however, that the person who carried on renovation business there was KC Ho, not the partnership Tai Dou or the two individuals named in the Originating Notice of Application, namely, Mr Cheung Yiu Fai Danny (“Mr Cheung”) and Mr Wong Tung Hoi (“Mr TH Wong”). The Value of Sales of the 4th respondent is therefore nil.

80.  This submission is also to be rejected.  The undertaking that is alleged by the Commission and found by this Tribunal to have operated in On Tat Estate (Phase 1) and, in the course of such operations, contravened the first conduct rule is Tai Dou, the partnership, as an undertaking.  The “sub-contractor defence” was held not open to the 4th respondent.[39]  In any event, having regard to the Tribunal’s conclusions with respect to the defence raised by the 1st and 9th respondents, it would not have absolved the 4th respondent altogether.  At most it would have meant that KC Ho together with Tai Dou constituted the relevant undertaking.

81.  As is clear from the Originating Notice of Application, Mr Cheung and Mr TH Wong are proceeded against herein as persons “in partnership trading as TAI DOU BUILDING CONTRACTOR (大道建築公司)” although, as a partnership, Tai Dou was registered as having four partners including, in addition, Madam To Suet Chun and Mr Pacquet Wong (the brother of Mr TH Wong).  The Response that the 4th respondent filed jointly with some other respondents did not in any way contend that the Commission has proceeded against the wrong person, and indeed contained a statement of truth signed by KC Ho as the “general manager of Tai Dou” on behalf of the 4th respondent.

82.  It is asserted in Mr Cheung’s witness statement filed for the sanctions hearing that he was a “salary partner” of Tai Dou, but it is not entirely clear what that means.  His counsel did not advance an argument that he was not to be regarded as a partner of Tai Dou.  In fact, Mr Cheung was stated in Tai Dou’s business registration to be a partner of Tai Dou.  He entered into a written partnership agreement dated 19 November 2012 with the other three partners, and executed a power of attorney of the same date in favour of Pacquet Wong.  He had been registered with the Buildings Department as an authorised signatory of Tai Dou from 2001 to 2019.  Within Tai Dou he was entitled to 0.5% of the payments for construction projects under his supervision.  The fact that he might not have received any share of profits from the renovation works carried out in On Tat Estate is simply the result of the partnership’s own internal arrangement and does not mean Mr Cheung was not a partner.

83.  Mr TH Wong asserts that he was a “silent partner” of Tai Dou and had not in fact received any share of profit from Tai Dou at all.  He was, however, also a party to the partnership agreement and power of attorney dated 19 November 2012 and indisputably a partner of Tai Dou at all material times.

84.  It is submitted that for the purposes of criminal law, a partnership is treated as a separate entity from the partners who are members of it.  On this basis it is submitted that in proceeding against Mr Cheung and Mr TH Wong, the Commission has sued the wrong persons.

85.  Counsel relies upon R v W Stevenson & Sons (a Partnership) and others [2008] 2 Cr App R 14, which is an English decision concerning offences of failing to submit a sales note containing the requisite details pursuant to the (UK) Sea Fishing (Enforcement of Community Control Measures) Order 2000.  A partnership with eight partners was charged on indictments with such offences, was found guilty after trial on one indictment and pleaded guilty on the others. The partnership and the partners applied for leave to appeal, arguing that the indictments and convictions were nullities as they failed to identify the individual partners as defendants and were secured against an entity that had no separate legal status.  In §30 of its judgment the English Court of Appeal said “there is no reason why a partnership should not be treated for the purposes of the criminal law as a separate entity from the partners who are members of it”.  It should be noted, however, that the court was there discussing the effect of specific statutory provisions under which a partnership, and its partners if certain conditions were met, could both be held liable for an offence.

86.  Reliance has also been placed on the English decision of Riley v Crown Prosecution Service [2017] 1 WLR 505, where four partners of a partnership had been convicted for an offence under the Animal Welfare Act 2006 but the convictions of three of the partners were subsequently quashed because they were not criminally liable for the acts of the other partner without proof of their own requisite mens rea required for the offence.

87.  In contrast with these two cases, we are not here concerned with criminal offences and mens rea.  As explained in the Judgment,[40] while the competition rules apply to undertakings, ss 92–94 of the Ordinance allow the Commission to apply for, and the Tribunal to make, orders against persons who have contravened or been involved in a contravention of a competition rule.  “Person” as defined in s 2 of the Ordinance, in addition to the meaning given by s 3 of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance (Cap 1),[41] includes an undertaking.  Where a partnership, as an undertaking, has contravened the first conduct rule, it seems to me generally that its partners as such are persons who have contravened the rule.  An agreement entered into by a partnership is an agreement to which the partners are jointly party.  Here, the persons specifically named in the Notice of Application are Mr Cheung and Mr TH Wong in partnership trading as Tai Dou.  They were undoubtedly partners of Tai Dou and were proceeded against as such.  As partners of Tai Dou, they joined in making and giving effect to the agreements in question which contravened the rule and therefore likewise contravened the rule: cf Clode v Barnes [1974] 1 WLR 544.  Whether the application could have been brought against the partnership as a “person” without naming any individuals does not strictly arise. 

(b)  Gravity Percentage

88.  The Commission submits that a Gravity Percentage of 24% is appropriate in the present case for each of the respondents. 

89.  The 1st respondent submits that the Gravity Percentage applicable to itself should be much lower than that applicable to the 2nd to 8th and 10th respondents and should be in the region of 10% to 15%, because, having regard to the sub-contractor defence, the culpability of the 1st and 9th respondents is much lower.  I reject this submission.  As discussed in relation to Value of Sales above, the focus is on the undertaking and its contravention of the first conduct rule.  The gravity of the contravention by the undertaking of which the 1st respondent formed part is essentially the same as that of the others.  The role played by the 1st respondent within that undertaking is a matter to be taken into account, if at all, in Step 2 below.

90.  The 6th to 8th and 10th respondents submit that the Gravity Percentage should be fixed at the lower end of the spectrum, at around 15-20%.  The 9th respondent contends that 20% is sufficient to show disapproval of the conduct complained of and for general deterrence.

91.  I am unable to accept the underlying premise of these contentions.  It is to be recalled that the respondents are found to have contravened the first conduct rule by engaging in market sharing and price fixing, both of which are “serious anti-competitive conduct” as defined in the Ordinance.  While the respondents may be relatively small enterprises (and this is reflected in the lower Value of Sales and statutory cap), the breaches in question are not technical or trivial as their submissions tend to suggest.  These cartel arrangements represent some of the most serious kind of collusive conduct that directly strikes at how competitive markets are supposed to work.

92.  The respondents decorated a total of 867 out of 2,582 flats in the Estate, representing an aggregate 38% of the tenants who engaged decoration contractors[42] and 100% of those who engaged Appointed DCs as their contractors.  On either view this represents a substantial market share.  Their conduct was calculated to and did eliminate competition among themselves who were mutually their closest direct rivals.

93.  All of the respondents are found to have been primary contravenors as opposed to persons involved in contravention by others.  The conduct in question targeted and affected low-income tenants from public rental housing estates, and was engaged in despite express warnings from the Hong Kong Housing Authority that Appointed DCs should not practise “pie-sharing”.[43]

94.  In these circumstances, I consider that 24% is the appropriate Gravity Percentage.

(c)  Duration Multiplier

95.  The Commission submits that a Duration Multiplier of 1 should be applied.  Some of the respondents[44] submit that the multiplier should be 0.42 based on a period of 5 months (June to October 2016) in which the contravention in this case took place.  They refer to two decisions of the European Commission in 2014 in which a multiplier of less than 1 was applied: Swiss Franc Interest Rate Derivatives (Case AT.39924) and Power Exchanges (Case AT.39952).  Reliance is also placed on Bellamy & Child,European Union Law of Competition (8th ed), §14-031, where it is stated that rounding up the duration of the infringement for the purposes of determining the multiplier breaches the principles of proportionality and equal treatment.  For its part, the Commission submits that the Duration Multiplier is intended to be a multiplier, not a divider, and that both of the EU decisions referred to are settlement decisions not indicative of any principle or general practice.  The statement in Bellamy & Child is based on the decision in Case T-566/08 Total Raffinage Marketing v European Commission EU:T:2013:423 at §§539-554, where the General Court criticised the EU Commission’s decision to round up a period of infringement of 12 years and 7 months and 6 years and 6 months to 13 years and 7 years respectively for the purpose of calculating the fine.  The court was not there dealing with a multiplier less than 1.  Reliance is also placed on §2.16 of the CMA Guidance which states that where the total duration of an infringement is less than one year, the CMA will treat that duration as a full year for the purpose of calculating the number of years of the infringement.[45]

96.  It is in my view unnecessary in the present case to resolve this debate on principle.  The Value of Sales in this case captures for each respondent only the sales of that respondent within the period of infringement, rather than sales spread over an entire financial year.  In other words, the Value of Sales is already limited to the 5 months in which the contravention occurred.  There is no warrant to prorate the figures further to the period of infringement.  It seems to me that to apply a Duration Multiplier of 0.42 would “double-count” the effect of time and would be unsound in principle. A Duration Multiplier of 1 is appropriate.

(d)  Base Amount

97.  On the above basis, the Base Amount for each respondent is calculated as follows:

NameValue of Sales(HKD)Gravity PercentageDuration MultiplierBase Amount (HKD)
1st Respondent 4,502,740 24% 1 1,080,658
2nd Respondent 1,324,410 24% 1 317,858
3rd Respondent 3,189,400 24% 1 765,456
4th Respondent 2,943,630 24% 1 706,471
5th Respondent 3,974,520 24% 1 953,885
6th Respondent 1,455,480 24% 1 349,315
7th Respondent 3,138,588 24% 1 753,261
8th Respondent 4,153,318 24% 1 996,796
9th Respondent 4,938,040 24% 1 1,185,130
10th Respondent 4,203,810 24% 1 1,008,914

E2.  Step 2 — adjustments for aggravating, mitigating and other factors

98.  I shall first consider whether there are aggravating factors.  In terms of the mandatory consideration in s 93(2)(d) of the Ordinance, none of the respondents has previously been found to have contravened the Ordinance.

99.  As regards the loss or damage caused by the conduct impugned, which is another mandatory consideration, I accept the Commission’s submission that there is no adjustment required in this case since in having regard to the nature of the conduct under Step 1, the Tribunal has already implicitly taken account of the likely impact of the infringement. There is no need for a detailed quantitative analysis at this stage of the effects of the restriction on competition. 

100.  The 2nd and 3rd respondents submit that the Tribunal should not make assumptions about the effects of the contravention on the tenants of On Tat Estate.  I accept that the Tribunal should not assume any quantifiable loss suffered by the tenants.  However, I do not accept the submission made by some of the respondents that the absence of evidence of specific quantifiable loss is a mitigating factor.  In cases concerning infringement “by object”, there will usually be no evidence adduced to prove the concrete effects of the anti-competitive conduct, because the essential feature of the types of coordination between undertakings that involve a restriction of competition by object is that they “reveal a sufficient degree of harm to competition that it may be found that there is no need to examine their effects”.  “Experience shows that such behaviour leads to falls in production and price increases, resulting in poor allocation of resources to the detriment, in particular, of consumers”: see Case C-67/13P Groupement des Cartes Bancaires v European Commission, cited in the Judgment at §105(1).

101.  The Commission submits that there are two aggravating factors present in this case when one examines the circumstances in which the conduct took place:

(1)  First, as far as the 5th and 8th respondents are concerned, there were directors and senior management involved in the contravention.  However, given the relatively small size of the undertakings, their operations would be likely to involve their senior personnel.  The Commission therefore does not contend for any increase on this account.

(2)  Secondly, the Commission submits that there is evidence that the anti-competitive arrangements found in this case reflect long-running and widespread industry practice.  However, in the circumstances of the present case, the Commission does not invite the Tribunal to make upward adjustments for this factor, though the Commission emphasises that this does not mean it would not seek an increase in other cases in future.

102.  I accept that there is no uplift called for by the circumstances of the present case.

103.  Turning to the matters put forward as mitigating circumstances, the 1st and 9th respondents submit that they did not directly participate in the conduct impugned, but that each of them became liable only as a result of letting their “licence” to a “subcontractor” who was found to have engaged in the infringing conduct.  The details of their arrangements with their respective “sub-contractors” have been described in section H of the Judgment, where it was held that each of these two respondents formed an undertaking with its subcontractor in relation to the contravening conduct.  While the Base Amount, as explained above, is assessed with reference to the undertaking, the fact that the penalty is sought only against the respondent is a factor that can, in my view, be taken into account in its assessment.  In the circumstances of the present case, the association of the respondent and the subcontractor was an ad hoc, temporary one; they were not companies in a group or individuals in partnership. There may or may not be some private arrangement between the respondent and the subcontractor on the responsibility for the consequences of these proceedings, but the issue has not been inquired into, and I do not think that it would be right or safe to assume the respondent would be able to recoup what it has to pay from the subcontractor.  I consider that to reflect their role as part only of the undertaking in question, there should be a reduction of the Base Amount by one-third for the 1st and 9th respondents.

104.  Although the 4th respondent was held not entitled to run the subcontractor defence to liability,[46] it is not seriously in dispute that, in fact, the renovations at On Tat Estate (Phase 1) were actually carried out by KC Ho in the name of Tai Dou, in a manner similar to the way in which the business was run directly by the subcontractors of the 1st and 9th respondents in the name of W Hing and Wide Project respectively.  It seems to me that a similar reduction ought to be given to the 4th respondent.

105.  The 3rd respondent is named as Ms Lau Chung Yan and Mr Lau Chun Kwok Adam (in partnership trading as Mau Hang Painting & Decoration Co).  Mr Lau and Ms Lau are brother and sister.  Mr Lau says in his statement that the business was established and run by their father as a sole proprietorship and transferred to them in January 2012 in view of his serious illness.  Their father told them that all businesses in future could be passed to his friend Mr Chan Kam Shui who would share some of the profits with them.  Mr Lau and Ms Lau themselves have no experience in the decoration industry at all.  For the works in On Tat Estate (Phase 1), following their late father’s instruction, they simply “passed” the project to Mr Chan who agreed to share profits with them in the fixed sum of $280,000.  As such, although the 3rd respondent did not run the subcontractor defence at trial, it seems to me that based on Mr Lau’s evidence, which was unchallenged, a similar reduction should in these exceptional circumstances be given to the 3rd respondent.

106.  Many respondents have stressed that they are undertakings that are small in size and turnover, and that construction is a relatively low-margin activity compared to some other sectors.  These are, in general terms, not disputed by the Commission.  However, it may be noted that while construction work may in general have a relatively low margin, the gross profit margin for at least some of the Appointed DCs in On Tat Estate appeared to be considerable (over 30%, according to Chan Yiu Kwai’s evidence for the 6th respondent; 31% for the 5th respondent — see §121 below; and see also §269 of the Judgment).  Further, the fact that the respondents are not large corporations has been reflected in the relatively small Values of Sales and (for seven of them) in the penalties being capped with regard to their low turnovers.

107.  Some of the respondents have submitted that the Ordinance was a new law and there was genuine uncertainty about its application to the arrangements in question.  I do not think these matters carry much weight.  As I have said in the Judgment (at §110), the infringements in this case are paradigmatic, not penumbral, cases.  The respondents had been warned by the Housing Authority not to engage in pie-sharing.  While this is only the second case in the Tribunal, in all the circumstances the novelty of the law does not in my view call for a reduction in the penalty (though it has an effect on costs as explained in section F below).

108.  There is also a submission that the subcontractor defence was a novel point with no precedent even in overseas case law, and that this merits a reduction.  The same factual situation and argument might not have arisen before, but the principles are far from novel.  In any event, having regard to the adjustment that the Tribunal is prepared to make above, no further reduction for novelty in this defence is warranted.

109.  Some of the respondents have stated that their registered status under the DC System of the Hong Kong Housing Authority has either been given up, or suspended or terminated.  This may mean there is little risk of the particular respondent infringing the first conduct rule as an Appointed DC again in another public housing estate, and to that extent the need for specific deterrence is reduced.  But apart from that I do not regard it as a weighty mitigating factor.

110.  Some of the respondents submit that if costs are awarded against them, that liability would represent a significant additional punishment.  This is not a trial of the respondents for criminal offences and I do not think a costs order itself should be looked upon as a punishment in the present context or aggregated with the pecuniary penalty.

111.  Taking into account the adjustments above and rounding down to the nearest thousand dollars, and accepting the buffer of $50,000 as mentioned by the Commission, the provisional amounts at the end of Step 2 are as follows:

NameAdjusted Amount after Step 2 (HKD)
1st Respondent 670,000
2nd Respondent 267,000
3rd Respondent 460,000
4th Respondent 420,000
5th Respondent 903,000
6th Respondent 299,000
7th Respondent 703,000
8th Respondent 946,000
9th Respondent 740,000
10th Respondent 958,000

E3.  Step 3 — statutory cap

112.  All the respondents, except the 4th respondents, have provided the Commission with their turnover figures for the financial year covering the period in question.  The disclosed turnover of each of the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents was equivalent to the Value of Sales in respect of that respondent in Step 1 above.  In other words, these respondents claim not to have had any revenue in that financial year other than the income from the renovation works at On Tat Estate (Phase 1).  Apart from the 5th respondent, these claims are not supported by any audited accounts (although some respondents have disclosed their tax assessments), though under s 55 of the Ordinance it is an offence for a person to provide materially false or misleading information to the Commission pursuant to its investigation.  Counsel for the Commission have expressed scepticism for the low turnover figures of these respondents but it seems to me that, in the absence of any forensic examination of this issue, this Tribunal should proceed for present purposes on the footing that their turnover was indeed limited to their respective Value of Sales. 

113.  The 1st and 9th respondents have disclosed audited accounts from which their turnover appear to be $378,852,482 and $24,173,762 respectively.  It is arguable whether, in calculating the turnover of the undertaking that comprised each of these two respondents and its respective subcontractor, one should include the turnover of the subcontractor as well, but since nothing turns on this in this case, it is unnecessary to deal with this question.

114.  Although it was initially assumed that the 4th respondent’s turnover was limited to the Value of Sales ($2,943,630), based on the documents produced in Mr Cheung’s witnesses statement and his oral evidence, it became clear that there were other projects done by Tai Dou generating income, such that its turnover for 2016 was at least $18,252,630 (including the Value of Sales for the renovation works at On Tat Estate (Phase 1)).

115.  Applying the statutory cap to the amounts at the end of Step 2 and rounding down to the nearest thousand dollars produce the following results:

NameAdjusted Amount (but for application of Statutory Cap) (HKD)Statutory Cap (HKD)Adjusted Amount (after Statutory Cap, and rounded down to the nearest thousand HKD)
1st Respondent 670,000 37,800,033 670,000
2nd Respondent 267,000 132,441 132,000
3rd Respondent 460,000 318,940 318,000
4th Respondent 420,000 1,825,263 420,000
5th Respondent 903,000 397,452 397,000
6th Respondent 299,000 145,548 145,000
7th Respondent 703,000 313,859 313,000
8th Respondent 946,000 415,332 415,000
9th Respondent 740,000 2,417,376 740,000
10th Respondent 958,000 420,381 420,000

116.  It can be seen that except for the 1st, 4th and 9th respondents, the penalties on the other respondents have effectively been capped by the statutory cap and, as a result, limited to 10% of their takings in On Tat Estate (Phase 1).  This has arisen because of the special circumstances of this case where the turnovers of those respondents were made up exclusively by their Value of Sales, so that although the penalties would otherwise be over 20%, they are capped at 10% of their Value of Sales.  Conversely, the figures for the 1st and 9th respondents (and to a smaller extent, the 4th respondent) appear higher, even with the reduction mentioned in §§103-104 above, because (i) their Value of Sales are relatively high and (ii) the statutory cap does not “bite” in their case.

E4.  Step 4 — cooperation reduction and inability to pay

(a)  Cooperation reduction

117.  In the circumstances of this case, none of the respondents has any claim for reduction in the penalty for cooperation.

(b)  Inability to pay

118.  The 5th respondent submits that the level of penalty recommended by the Commission is excessive and would cause it financial hardship and asks for a 40% discount to the proposed penalty.  It is submitted that the overarching condition is whether the proposed penalty would seriously threaten the viability of the undertaking concerned.  Relying on GF Tomlinson Group Ltd & others v Office of Fair Trading [2011] CAT 7, counsel suggest that the Tribunal should in general grant a reduction where the proposed penalty exceeds 50% of adjusted net assets (adjusted to take account of dividends paid in the last three years) or 50% of the net profit after tax (in cases where the fine is not to be paid by instalment).

119.  To make out a case of financial hardship, it is in my view necessary for the respondent in question to produce clear and comprehensive evidence of its financial position.  The Market Misconduct Tribunal has similarly in its report relating to the securities of Yorkey Optical International (Cayman) Ltd dated 27 February 2017 at §66 emphasised the need for disclosure by the person who seeks reduction of a fine for financial reasons:

“ A specified person’s financial resources is a matter peculiarly within the personal knowledge of the specified person. If a specified person wishes to raise financial resources as a ground for a lower regulatory fine, he should make a full and frank disclosure of his financial position, assets and liabilities, income and expenditure.”

120.  In the UK, it is also incumbent upon the undertaking to provide sufficient information for the assessment of its financial position: Sepia Logistics Ltd (formerly known as Double Quick Supplyline Ltd) & another v Office of Fair Trading [2007] CAT 13, at §§100-101.  It is not necessarily enough just to disclose the audited financial statements.  It may, for example, be necessary to look at related entities within the group, directors’ emoluments and shareholders’ resources in assessing the claim of hardship: GF Tomlinson Group Ltd & others v Office of Fair Trading [2011] CAT 7 at §232.

121.  In the present case, the 5th respondent relies on its audited financial statements for the years ended 30 April 2015, 2016 and 2017.  For reasons not explained, all of these financial statements were dated 18 April 2019, shortly before the Judgment was handed down.  According to these statements, for the years to April 2015 and 2016, the 5th respondent had no income, assets of only $359, and liabilities of nearly $2m almost all of which were amounts due to directors. For the year to April 2017, there were revenues of $3,977,440 (which corresponds, within a margin of error, to the Value of Sales identified in §77 above) and gross profit of $1,237,532 (a margin of 31%) but high administrative and operating expenses of $765,880 which included $463,662 in directors’ remuneration and $58,500 in entertainment.  In the balance sheet, the amounts due to directors had been reduced by almost $0.5m compared to the previous year but the assets remained at $359.  The notes to the accounts under the heading “Going Concern” stated:

“ The shareholders have confirmed their intention to provide continuing support to the company so as to enable the company to meet its liabilities as and when they fall due and to enable the company to continue its existence for the foreseeable future. The directors believe that the company will continue as a going concern. Consequently, the directors have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis. …”

122.  Reduction of the penalty on account of inability to pay should be an exceptional measure, having regard to the effect on the firm’s viability.  On the materials available there is, in my view, no clear and compelling evidence that the 5th respondent’s viability would be undermined by the penalty proposed.  No witness has been called to explain the financial position of the company.  It is no answer for the 5th respondent to say that it has produced all the documents and information sought in the s 41 notice issued by the Commission, since they were sought for the purpose of the Commission’s own calculation of the Value of Sales and statutory cap.  Furthermore, according to the financial statements, the 5th respondent had survived with no income at all for two years, and, notwithstanding a negative balance sheet to the tune of nearly $2m, it had continued to trade with shareholders’ support.  The company is, as submitted by its own counsel, insolvent, so that any penalty would exceed its net assets.  It is also to be noted that the proposed penalty is less than either the amount of directors’ remuneration or the repayment of amounts due to directors in 2017.  In sum, as the Commission submits, the information tendered raises more questions than it answers and is far short of what is necessary to make out a case for reduction by reason of financial hardship. 

E5.  Conclusion on penalties

123.  The pecuniary penalties to be imposed on the respondents are therefore as set out in the fourth column of the table in §115 above.

F.  Costs of proceedings

124.  As to the costs of these proceedings, the Commission submits that the general rule or starting point in civil proceedings, namely that costs follow the event, should apply, relying on s 144(1) of the Ordinance (set out in §12 above) and emphasising that it enables the Tribunal to “follow the practice and procedure of the Court of First Instance in the exercise of its civil jurisdiction”.

125.  In addition, the Commission submits that the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents, and the 4th respondent up to the time it abandoned the efficiency defence (26 September 2018), should pay costs on an indemnity basis on the ground that the manner in which they conducted their case was unreasonable, disproportionate, oppressive and wasteful.

126.  The Commission accepts that it would be appropriate in this case to order costs against the respondents severally (as opposed to jointly and severally), and suggests that the relevant part of the costs burden be divided among the relevant respondents equally.

127.  The 1st and 9th respondents and, as I understand counsel’s submissions, the 4th respondent, accept that costs should follow the event.  The 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents, however, submit that these proceedings should be categorised as criminal, emphasising that a respondent is presumed innocent until proven guilty and that the Commission bears the burden of proving guilt beyond reasonable doubt.  They contend that the right to be presumed innocent means that the special rule for ordering costs against a defendant in criminal proceedings should be applied rather than the general civil rule that costs follow the event.  As such, the correct approach is that explained in HKSAR v Chan Kwok Wah [1999] 1 HKC 697 and HKSAR v Tsang Yam Kuen Donald [2018] 3 HKLRD 564.  In the latter case at §193(2), the Court of Appeal stated:

“ The discretion to order a convicted defendant to pay the prosecution costs (including the costs of investigation) can be exercised if the defendant’s conduct in the course of the investigation and/or at trial is unreasonable or improper, resulting in the authority having to incur extra or additional expenses which, in the normal course of events, would not or need not be incurred.”

The respondents contend that they have not been guilty of unreasonable or improper behaviour in this sense, and therefore ought not to be ordered to pay any costs at all.

128.  In my opinion, what the courts were dealing with in cases such as Chan Kwok Wah and Tsang Yam Kuen Donald was the special jurisdiction of a criminal court to award costs in favour of the prosecutor, a power dealt with in the Costs in Criminal Cases Ordinance (Cap 492).  For example, s 12 of that Ordinance provides that where a defendant is convicted of an offence before the Court of First Instance, the court “may, in addition to such sentence as may otherwise be passed by law, order that costs be awarded to the prosecutor”.

129.  It is true that this Tribunal held that the criminal standard of proof applies on the basis of the Commission’s concession that because of the order for pecuniary penalties sought, these proceedings involve the determination of a criminal charge within the meaning of Art 11 of the Bill of Rights.  It does not mean, however, that this action therefore moves in a binary manner into the criminal realm so that it is in every respect to be treated as a trial for a criminal offence. 

130.  As the Court of Appeal stated in Secretary for Justice v Cheung Kai Yin [2016] 4 HKLRD 367 at §25, “the applicability of a higher standard of proof … are separate questions from whether the court is exercising its criminal jurisdiction”.  There the court decided that applications by the Secretary for Justice for committal for criminal contempt arising from injunctions granted in civil actions were civil proceedings in nature, to which civil procedural rules applied, even though they amounted to “criminal charges” attracting the safeguards mandated by Art 11 of the Hong Kong Bill of Rights.

131.  Moreover, costs in contempt cases, like costs in other civil proceedings, generally follow the event (see Donald Koo Hoi-Yan v Kao, Lee & Yip (a firm) (2009) 12 HKCFAR 904) with the additional special feature that if contempt is established, the contemnor is often ordered to pay costs on an indemnity basis.  I do not think this is completely accounted for by the fact that the complainant in committal proceedings stands to gain little directly from an order for committal,[47] for the application is invariably intended to bring about enforcement of an order for the benefit of the complainant.  Costs in applications for orders for imprisonment pursuant to an examination of a judgment debtor under RHC Order 49B rule 1B are also governed by civil principles even though the criminal standard of proof applies: Bank of India vBhagwandas Kewalram & others (CACV 12/1991, 1 May 1991).  Thus although the defendants in these types of cases are entitled to be presumed innocent, and are also entitled to require the allegations against them to be proved beyond reasonable doubt, they have generally been required to pay costs if they fail.

132.  It can be seen from the structure of the Ordinance, including the constitution of the Tribunal by a judge without a jury, the express permission in s 144(1) to follow the practice and procedure of the Court of First Instance in its civil jurisdiction, the specific reference to costs in s 144(1), and the provisions for appeals both interlocutory and final, that it is intended that competition law proceedings are dealt with under civil schemes of proceeding, albeit where pecuniary penalties are sought the infringement has to be proved beyond reasonable doubt.  It seems to me that these proceedings, even though they may involve a “criminal charge” for Bill of Rights purposes, should follow civil procedures generally including the principles on costs.  For all the interlocutory applications already heard in the Tribunal, the costs approach has been in line with civil procedure.

133.  Accordingly, I consider that generally the civil approach on costs should be applied.  Applying those principles, there can be little dispute that the respondents should pay the costs of this enforcement action.

134.  Even if the criminal approach applies, it may be argued that the incidence of costs relating to the efficiency defence stands to be determined on a different basis, because it was a positive defence raised by some of the respondents who had the burden to prove it on the balance of probabilities.[48] In the light of my conclusion above, however, it is not necessary to pursue this reasoning.  Nor is it necessary to consider whether, even on the principles applicable to criminal cases, the relevant respondents’ conduct of the case was such as to justify an order of costs against them.

135.  As regards the basis of taxation, while there are many highly unsatisfactory features of the relevant respondents’ case on the efficiency defence (as can be seen from §§205-212 of the Judgment), bearing in mind that this is the first case in which this kind of defence has been raised, I do not consider that their conduct was such as to call for an order for indemnity costs.  Nor do I think that the 4th respondent’s conduct of the case crossed the line so as to warrant an order for indemnity costs against it.  Costs should therefore be taxed on a party and party basis, if not agreed.

136.  The efficiency defence has formed a separate, large, and fairly self-contained topic with expert evidence adduced on both sides.  It is right that the costs relating to that defence should fall only on the respondents who have run it (in the case of the 4th respondent, up to its abandonment), ie (i) the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents and the 4th respondent up to 26 September 2018; and (ii) the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents thereafter.

137.  As for the rest of the costs generally, the 1st respondent submits that it should only be held responsible for 5%.  In a similar submission, the 9th respondent suggests that the 1st and 9th respondents should each bear half of a 1/9 share of the costs.  The 4th respondent submits that it should bear at most 1% of the costs.  I reject these contentions.  Once the costs attributable to the efficiency defence are excluded, there is no clear justification for further reducing these respondents’ shares to less than an equal share with the other respondents.  None of them actually admitted the agreements and conduct alleged subject to any positive defence they raised, which means that the evidence of virtually all the factual witnesses was relevant for establishing the case against them.  Obviously the amounts of time taken up at trial by different witnesses and different counsel are not the same, but the apportionment in this context is not to be done minutely on a stop-watch basis; nor has anyone attempted a precise attribution of the trial time.  In my judgment the Commission’s general costs should be borne by the respondents in 10 equal shares.

138.  Given that this is one of the first cases in the Tribunal, and that more costs would have been incurred because of the novelty of the law than otherwise, I consider it appropriate for there to be a general reduction, by 20%, of the costs payable by the respondents to the Commission.

139.  Finally, the Commission seeks a certificate for three counsel.  In my view, awarding costs for three counsel is exceptional: Fu Kor Kuen Patrick v HKSAR (unrep, FACC 4/2011, 27 August 2012), §5; Lin Man Yuan v Kin Ming Holdings International Ltd (HCA 216/2009, 24 December 2015), §28.  Recognising that the Commission’s counsel had to deal with multiple respondents, and without underestimating the tasks that they had to undertake, I would still not put this case in that exceptional category. I consider that a certificate for two counsel (one senior counsel and one junior counsel) should be granted instead.

G.  Costs of investigation

140.  As regards costs of investigation, s 96 of the Ordinance provides:

“(1) The Tribunal may order any person who has contravened a competition rule to pay to the Government an amount equal to the amount of the costs of and incidental to any investigation into the conduct or affairs of that person, reasonably incurred by the Commission in connection with proceedings for the contravention.

(2) In this section—

costs (開支) include fees, charges, disbursements, expenses and remuneration.”

141.  The Commission has referred to the decision of the Market Misconduct Tribunal on 26 August 2019 in Re the listed securities of Fujikon Industrial Holdings Ltd.  With regard to s 307N(1)(f) of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap 571), which similarly empowers that tribunal to order a person to pay the costs of investigation incurred by the Securities and Futures Commission,[49] the Market Misconduct Tribunal there held that the notion of investigation costs excluded staff costs and overhead costs. 

142.  The Commission has adopted the same position here so that it is not claiming staff and overhead costs.  Instead, what it claims as costs of investigation is, I was told at the hearing, primarily translation costs estimated to be in the region of $670,000. 

143.  It seems to me the respondents are correct in submitting that in principle it is for the Commission to justify why an order under s 96 should be made.  The threshold may not be very high, but there ought to be some materials provided in advance of the hearing to show the heads of investigation costs claimed, what activities they cover, their very approximate amounts, how they constitute costs of and incidental to the investigation into the conduct or affairs of the respondents, and why they should be regarded as having been reasonably incurred by the Commission in connection with proceedings for the contravention.  The precise quantum may be left for subsequent assessment,[50] but the Tribunal should be provided with some evidential basis for the exercise of this discretionary power and the respondents should be given an opportunity to contest it.  In the present case, in the absence of such basis, I am not prepared to award any investigation costs.

H.  Orders

144.  The outcome is accordingly as follows.  There will be a declaration that each of the respondents has contravened the first conduct rule.

145.  There will be an order that within 28 days hereof:

(1)  The 1st respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $670,000.

(2)  The 2nd respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $132,000.

(3)  The 3rd respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $318,000.

(4)  The 4th respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $420,000.

(5)  The 5th respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $397,000.

(6)  The 6th respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $145,000.

(7)  The 7th respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $313,000.

(8)  The 8th respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $415,000.

(9)  The 9th respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $740,000.

(10)  The 10th respondent shall pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty in the amount of $420,000.

146.  As to costs, there will be an order that:

(1)  The 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents do each pay one-eighth of 80% of the Commission’s costs of and relating to the efficiency defence up to 26 September 2018 (inclusive).

(2)  The 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents do each pay one-seventh of 80% of the Commission’s costs of and relating to the efficiency defence after 26 September 2018.

(3)  Subject as aforesaid, the 1st to 10th respondents do each pay one-tenth of 80% of the Commission’s costs of this action.

(4)  The costs are to be taxed on a party and party basis, if not agreed, with a certificate for two counsel (one senior counsel and one junior counsel).

147.  This Tribunal declines to award any sum in respect of costs of investigation in favour of the Commission.

 (Godfrey Lam)
 President of the Competition Tribunal

Mr Daniel Beard QC, Mr Abraham Chan SC and Mr Byron Chiu, instructed by King & Wood Mallesons, for the Applicant

Mr Harrison Cheung, instructed by Wong & Lawyers, for the 1st Respondent

Mr Carter Chim and Ms Joyce YY Kwok, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 2nd and 3rd Respondents

Ms Sharon Ng, instructed by Bryan Chan & Co, for the 4th Respondent

Mr Hectar Pun SC, Mr Anson Wong Yu Yat and Ms Allison Wong, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 5th Respondent

Mr Richard Yip and Ms Tara Liao, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th Respondents

Ms Connie Lee and Mr Tommy Cheung, instructed by Benjamin Au & Billy Chan, Solicitors, for the 9th Respondent




[1]  [2019] HKCT 3.

[2]  As defined in para 41 of the Judgment.

[3]  As defined in para 77 of the Judgment.

[4]  Sections 101-103.

[5]  Judgment, para 38.

[6]  Judgment, para 39.

[7]  At para 21.1.

[8]  Section 36(7A) of the Competition Act 1998.

[9]  Section 36(8) of the Competition Act 1998; calculated in accordance with The Competition Act 1998 (Determination of Turnover for Penalties) Order 2000 (SI 2000/309) as amended by SI 2004/1259.

[10]  Section 38(1) of the Competition Act 1998.

[11]  Section 38(8) of the Competition Act 1998.

[12]  Articles 101 and 102 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union.

[13]  Article 31 of Regulation 1/2003.

[14]  Council Regulation (EC) No 1/2003 of 16 December 2002 on the implementation of the rules on competition laid down in Articles 81 and 82 of the Treaty.

[15]  Australian Competition and Consumer Commission v Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd [2016] FCA 1516 at §84.

[16]  Australian Competition and Consumer Commission v Renegade Gas Pty Ltd (trading as Supagas NSW) [2014] FCA 1135 at §80.

[17]  per McHugh J in Markarian at §74.

[18]  Section 76 provides:

“If the Court is satisfied that a person:

(a) has contravened any of the following provisions: …

the Court may order the person to pay to the Commonwealth such pecuniary penalty, in respect of each act or omission by the person to which this section applies, as the Court determines to be appropriate having regard to all relevant matters including the nature and extent of the act or omission and of any loss or damage suffered as a result of the act or omission, the circumstances in which the act or omission took place and whether the person has previously been found by the Court in proceedings under this Part or Part XIB to have engaged in any similar conduct.”

[19]  Section 69(4) of the Competition Act (Chapter 50B).

[20]  See the Competition and Consumer Commission of Singapore’s Guidelines on the Appropriate Amount of Penalty in Competition Cases.

[21]  Now known as the Competition and Consumer Act 2010.

[22]  Adopted by the High Court of Australia in Commonwealth v Director, Fair Work Building Industry Inspectorate & Others, at §55.

[23]  Australian Competition and Consumer Commission v ABB Transmission and Distribution Limited (No 2) [2002] FCA 559, §14, per Finkelstein J.

[24]  Markarian v The Queen at §39.

[25]  See OECD (2018) Pecuniary Penalties for Competition Law Infringements in Australia, Ch 3.4.

[26]  1. The nature and extent of the contravening conduct; 2. The amount of loss or damage caused; 3. The circumstances in which the conduct took place; 4. The size of the contravening company; 5. The degree of power it has, as evidenced by its market share and ease of entry into the market; 6. The deliberateness of the contravention and the period over which it extended; 7. Whether the contravention arose out of the conduct of senior management or at a lower level; 8. Whether the company has a corporate culture conducive to compliance with the Act, as evidenced by educational programs and disciplinary or other corrective measures in response to an acknowledged contravention; 9. Whether the company has shown a disposition to co-operate with the authorities responsible for the enforcement of the Act in relation to the contravention.

[27]  See US Sentencing Guidelines, §2R1.1, where it is also stated in the commentaries: “Tying the offense level to the scale or scope of the offense is important in order to ensure that the sanction is in fact punitive and that there is an incentive to desist from a violation once it has begun.  The offense levels are not based directly on the damage caused or profit made by the defendant because damages are difficult and time consuming to establish.  The volume of commerce is an acceptable and more readily measurable substitute”.

[28]  See Markarian v The Queen at §37, quoting from Wong v The Queen (2001) 207 CLR 584 at §76.

[29]  “serious anti-competitive conduct” is defined in s 2 to mean

   “any conduct that consists of any of the following or any combination of the following—

(a)   fixing, maintaining, increasing or controlling the price for the supply of goods or services;

(b)   allocating sales, territories, customers or markets for the production or supply of goods or services;

(c)   fixing, maintaining, controlling, preventing, limiting or eliminating the production or supply of goods or services;

(d)   bid-rigging”.

[30]  Connor, J. M. & Bolotova, Y., (2006) Cartel overcharges: survey and meta-analysis, International Journal of Industrial Organisation, 24(6), 1109-1137; Connor, J. M. & Lande, R. H., The Size of Cartel Overcharges: Implications for U.S. and EC Finding Policies, 51 Antitrust Bull. 983 (2006), at 1019.

[31]  In their written submissions it was contended that the maximum penalty should be reserved for the more serious cases, but in oral submissions counsel accepted that the statutory cap should only be taken into account towards the end after the prima facie penalty has been assessed.

[32]  Markarian v The Queen [2005] HCA 25, §74, per McHugh J.

[33]  Section 69(4) of the Competition Act (Chapter 50B).

[34]  EU Guidelines, paras 32-33; CMA Guidance, para 2.25; Competition and Consumer Commission of Singapore’s Guidelines on the Appropriate Amount of Penalty in Competition Cases, para 2.19.

[35]  See the Commission’s Leniency Policy for Undertakings Engaged in Cartel Conduct published in November 2015.

[36]  At §35.

[37]  At §2.33.

[38]  See paras 287-288 of the Judgment.

[39]  See §324 of the Judgment.

[40]  At §303.

[41]  Which provides that “person” includes “any public body and any body of persons, corporate or unincorporate, and this definition shall apply notwithstanding that the word ‘person’ occurs in a provision creating or relating to an offence or for the recovery of any fine or compensation”.

[42]  See para 128 of the Judgment.

[43]  See para 16 of the Judgment.

[44]  Especially the 1st and 9th respondents.

[45]  See also Competition and Consumer Commission of Singapore’s Guidelines on the Appropriate Amount of Penalty in Competition Cases, §2.11.

[46]  See para 324 of the Judgment.

[47]  Cf Lau Yee Ching v Wong Tak Kwong and others (unrep, CACV 385/2005, 3 March 2006).

[48]  See section G2 of the Judgment.

[49]  The provision empowers the Market Misconduct Tribunal to order a person to “pay to the Commission the sum the Tribunal considers appropriate for the costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Commission, whether in relation or incidental to—(i) the proceedings; (ii) any investigation of the person’s conduct or affairs carried out before the proceedings were instituted; or (iii) any investigation of the person’s conduct or affairs carried out for the purposes of the proceedings”.

[50]  The Tribunal has not been addressed on the question whether the assessment of investigation costs (as opposed to legal costs of the proceedings) can be carried out by the Registrar and will therefore leave that question open.

[2019] HKCT 3-EN-2019-05-17

COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION CO LTD AND OTHERS

HTML content

CTEA 2/2017

[2019] HKCT 3

IN THE COMPETITION TRIBUNAL OF THE

HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION

COMPETITION TRIBUNAL ENFORCEMENT ACTION NO 2 OF 2017

____________

BETWEEN
 COMPETITION COMMISSIONApplicant
and
 W. HING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED1st Respondent
 (永興聯合建築有限公司) 
 SUN SPARK CONSTRUCTION LIMITED2nd Respondent
 (裕輝建築有限公司) 
 LAU CHUNG YAN (劉頌欣) and LAU CHUN KWOK 3rd Respondent
 ADAM (劉鎮國) (in partnership trading as MAU HANG 
 PAINTING & DECORATION CO (茂恒油漆裝飾公司)) 
 CHEUNG YIU FAI DANNY (張耀輝) and WONG4th Respondent
 TUNG HOI (黃東海) (in partnership trading as TAI DOU 
 BUILDING CONTRACTOR (大道建築公司)) 
 KAM KEE MACHINE ELECTRICAL IRON WORKS 5th Respondent
 COMPANY LIMITED (金記機電鐵器工程有限公司) 
 HUI TAK CHEONG KANLY (許德昌) and HUI TAK6th Respondent
 ON BRYAN (許德安) (in partnership trading as 
 HIP YICK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY (協益建築公司)) 
 SUEN SIK KAU (孫錫球) (trading as TAI WAH CIVIL 7th Respondent
 ENGINEERING (泰華土木工程)) 
 POON WAI WOON (潘維桓) and POON KAI WO8th Respondent
 JULIO (潘啟和) (in partnership trading as WAI SUN 
 IRON & DECORATION CO (維新鐵器裝修公司)) 
 YEUNG KWOK YEE (楊國儀) (trading as WIDE9th Respondent
 PROJECT ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION CO 
 (百達建築工程公司)) 
 LUEN HOP DECORATION ENGINEERING CO10th Respondent
 LIMITED (聯合裝飾工程有限公司) 

____________

Before:Hon G Lam J, President of the Competition Tribunal
Dates of Hearing:26-30 November and 3-6, 10-13, 18-21 December 2018
Date of Judgment:17 May 2019

_____________________

J U D G M E N T

_____________________


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paragraph
A.INTRODUCTION1
B.BACKGROUND8
1. HKHA’s Decoration Contractor System9
2. On Tat Estate12
3. Appointment of Appointed DCs15
4. Briefing sessions16
5. Site Office19
6. Tenants intake21
7. The Flyer24
8. Decoration of the flats in the Estate28
C.LEGAL FRAMEWORK31
D.FLOOR ALLOCATION ARRANGEMENT41
1. The pleas41
2. The pattern43
3. The tenants’ evidence46
4. The respondents’ evidence47
5. Cleaning Agreement54
6. Conclusions and findings75
E.PACKAGE PRICE ARRANGEMENT77
1. The pleas77
2. The evidence83
3. Conclusions and findings97
F.INFRINGEMENT OF FIRST CONDUCT RULE BY OBJECT98
1. General principles98
2. Whether the Floor Allocation Arrangement was a restriction by object122
3. Whether the Package Price Arrangement was a restriction by object137
G.THE EFFICIENCY DEFENCE147
1. Overview147
2. Burden and standard of proof156
  a. The parties’ positions156
  b. The EU and UK position159
  c. Construction of the Ordinance167
  d. Whether the presumption of innocence is engaged181
  e. Steps 1 and 2 of the proportionality analysis189
  f. Step 3 of the proportionality analysis192
  g. Step 4 of the proportionality analysis203
  h. Conclusion204
3. General comments on the factual basis of the respondents’ case205
4. Condition 1 — efficiencies213
  a. The respondents’ case214
  i. Savings in labour costs220
  ii. Savings in raw material delivery costs226
  iii. Reduction of raw material wastage227
  iv. Savings in construction waste and debris clean up and disposal costs228
  v. Sales and marketing efforts and progress management229
  vi. Overall efficiencies and cost savings in relation to all 10 items230
  b. Discussion231
  i. The “but for” world232
  ii. Unreliability in the data used by the respondents248
  iii. Out of pattern flats258
  iv. Magnitude of the efficiency gains260
  v. Disadvantages from the restrictions262
5. Condition 2 — benefit passed on to consumers263
6. Condition 3 — indispensability272
7. Condition 4 — possibility of eliminating competition277
8. Conclusion280
H. THE SUB CONTRACTOR DEFENCE282
1. The parties’ contentions282
2. Facts concerning W Hing (R1)285
3. Facts concerning Wide Project (R9) 295
4. The legal principles301
5. Discussion309
6. Tai Dou (R4)324
7. Conclusion329
I.SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION330

A.   INTRODUCTION

1.   These proceedings concern decoration works undertaken for the tenants of particular flats in three buildings in Phase 1 of On Tat Estate, Kwun Tong.  The Competition Commission (“Commission”), the applicant herein, alleges that between June and November 2016, the 10 respondents made or gave effect to an agreement or engaged in a concerted practice among themselves, whereby each of them was allocated designated floors in each of the three buildings in the Estate to carry out decoration work for individual tenants.  It is also alleged that the respondents made or gave effect to an agreement or engaged in a concerted practice whereby they jointly produced a promotional flyer distributed to tenants setting out certain package prices used or offered by the respondents for the basic packages in the first instance.

2.   The Commission contends that these arrangements contravened the first conduct rule in the Competition Ordinance (Cap 619) (“Ordinance”) in that they had the object of restricting competition and that, furthermore, they amounted to “serious anti‑competitive conduct” in the form of market sharing and price‑fixing respectively.  The Commission seeks a declaration accordingly and an order for pecuniary penalty against each respondent.

3.   The respondents, who were companies, partnerships or individual traders, were decoration contractors approved by the Hong Kong Housing Authority (“HKHA”) for Phase 1 of the Estate under its decoration contractors registration system, although, as explained below, tenants who wished to engage decoration contractors were not confined to the respondents. 

4.   The respondents are as follows:

  NameNatureAbbreviation
1 W. Hing Construction Company Limited Company W Hing (R1)
2 Sun Spark Construction Limited Company Sun Spark (R2)
3 Mau Hang Painting & Decoration Co Partnership Mau Hang (R3)
4 Tai Dou Building Contractor Partnership Tai Dou (R4)
5 Kam Kee Machine Electrical Iron Works Company Limited Company Kam Kee (R5)
6 Hip Yick Construction Company Partnership Hip Yick (R6)
7 Tai Wah Civil Engineering Sole proprietor Tai Wah (R7)
8 Wai Sun Iron & Decoration Co Partnership Wai Sun (R8)
9 Wide Project Engineering & Construction Co Sole proprietor Wide Project (R9)
10 Luen Hop Decoration Engineering Co Limited Company Luen Hop (R10)

5.   The respondents’ stance may be summarised as follows:

(1)   All the respondents except W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) deny, while those two respondents do not admit, the existence of the alleged agreements.

(2)   All the respondents except W Hing (R1), Tai Dou (R4) and Wide Project (R9) contend that even if there were the alleged agreements, by reason of the efficiencies they generated they are excluded from the first conduct rule pursuant to s 1 of Schedule 1 to the Ordinance (“the efficiency defence”).

(3)   W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) each contends that it had entered into an agreement with a “sub‑contractor” for the latter to take over the entire works.  They make no admission of the alleged infringing agreements, submitting that they should not be held liable for the acts of their sub‑contractors who should be regarded as entirely independent undertakings (“the sub‑contractor defence”).  Tai Dou (R4) wished to raise a similar argument but a late application to amend its Response to that effect was refused prior to the trial.[1]

6.   Having regard to the parties’ contentions, the following broad issues arise for determination:

(1)   whether the respondents made or gave effect to the alleged agreements;

(2)   if the answer to (1) is yes, whether the agreements constituted contravention of the first conduct rule by object;

(3)   if the answers to both (1) and (2) are yes, whether the first conduct rule is nevertheless excluded by virtue of s 1 of Schedule 1 on account of the overall efficiency generated;

(4)   whether the relevant infringing conduct is attributable to W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) respectively having regard to the sub‑contractor defence.

7.   These issues will be considered in turn in the following sections of this judgment which deals with the question of liability only.

B.   BACKGROUND

8.   This section sets out the relevant factual background as found on the evidence.

B1.   HKHA’s Decoration Contractor System

9.  HKHA is a statutory body which seeks to provide affordable rental housing to low‑income families with housing needs, and help low-income to middle‑income families to gain access to subsidised home ownership.  Eligibility for public rental housing is subject to the applicants’ income and assets being within specified limits.

10.  At all material times since 1982, HKHA has operated a Decoration Contractor System (“DC System”) for new public housing buildings[2] aimed at protecting tenants by “preventing infiltration of illegal elements so that decoration works in new estates and courts can be carried out in an orderly manner”.  Under the system:

(1)   HKHA maintains a “Reference List of Decoration Contractors” (“Reference List”).  Anyone may apply to be put on the Reference List but, to be successful, a contractor has to meet the eligibility criteria set by HKHA and will be checked by the police for triad connections.  As at March 2018, there were 217 contractors on the Reference List.  To be eligible the contractor must satisfy the following conditions (under the August 2015 version of the Guidelines for Reference List of Decoration Contractors):

“ (a) have an amount of cash at bank and/or usable unutilised balance of bank overdraft facility to a total sum of not less than $2.4M;

(b) have at least 5 years’ experience in decoration works;

(c) total value of works carried out by the applicant in the past three years should not be less than $3.2M per year;

(d) have undertaken at least one contract of value not less than $0.64M in the past three years; and

(e) possess a proper workshop/shop/office of reasonable size.”

(2)   When a new public housing estate is about to be ready for tenants intake, HKHA will grant “licences” to a number of contractors on the Reference List for undertaking decoration works for the tenants (“Licence”). The number of contractors thus appointed (“Appointed DCs”) is based on the ratio of one contractor to every 250 flats. 

(3)   Contractors are selected for appointment from a ballot‑generated priority list of all those on the Reference List.  For example, if 10 contractors are to be appointed for a particular estate, the first 10 contractors on the priority list will be appointed; and if 8 contractors need to be appointed for the next estate, the 8 contractors that are “next in line” will be appointed.  When the priority list is about to be exhausted, there will be another ballot.  When offered an appointment, a contractor is obliged to take it up, although if there are unforeseen circumstances or valid reasons, it may decline the opportunity once during its registration on the Reference List. 

(4)   Before obtaining the Licence, a contractor has to provide to HKHA (i) a valid business registration certificate, (ii) documents to prove it meets the eligibility criteria in respect of cash at bank or unutilised overdraft facility, and (iii) a surety bond.

(5)   The Appointed DCs will be invited to attend a briefing session which includes a presentation about HKHA’s relevant regulations.

(6)   Appointed DCs are required to replicate, in legible Chinese characters at the back of their work orders used for accepting tenants’ orders, all the terms and conditions specified by HKHA and set out in the Annex to the Guidelines for Reference List of Decoration Contractors, including that (i) the contractor shall complete the works within one month, (ii) the contractor shall take out all requisite insurance, (iii) if the contractor fails to execute the works in accordance with those terms and conditions the tenant may terminate the contract by giving 7 days’ notice and expel the contractor, and (iv) the contractor shall within 6 months after completion of the works attend to all faults and complaints, remedy all defects, replace all defective materials and works immediately after receiving the instructions from the tenant, and shall make good the faults and defects to the satisfaction of the tenant, all at the contractor’s own cost except where the faults or defects are due to the tenant’s own fault or negligence.

(7)   The tenants are free to decide whether they wish to have their units decorated and, if they do, whether to engage an Appointed DC or any other contractor or, indeed, do it themselves or by their friends or relatives.

(8)   The performance of each Appointed DC is monitored by HKHA in three ways.  First, unfavourable comments from tenants will be investigated by the estate staff who may issue warning letters.  Secondly, bi‑monthly survey forms on contractors’ performance are given to tenants who have employed a contractor.  Appointed DCs’ performance is assessed under a points system.  Thirdly, Appointed DCs’ performance is assessed by the estate staff using an appraisal return.  By way of regulatory actions, contractors may be issued warning letters and in serious cases may be suspended or removed from the Reference List.

11.  Each Appointed DC has to enter into the Licence which is an agreement by deed with HKHA, with the title “Licence for Tenants’ Decoration Works”.  By this, HKHA grants to the Appointed DC the right to enter the estate and carry out decoration works on behalf of tenants.  While there are obligations attendant upon the appointment, the fact that a contractor is so appointed brings significant advantages, as described below. 

B2.   On Tat Estate

12.  On Tat Estate is a public rental housing estate in Kwun Tong comprising 11 residential blocks.  The intake of tenants was carried out in four phases.  Phase 1 includes 3 buildings, namely, Chun Tat House, Shing Tat House and Oi Tat House.  Each of the 3 buildings has 40 floors above Ground Floor, and typically 22 flats on each floor.  There are four types of flats of differing sizes: 1‑2 person, 2‑3 person, 1‑bedroom, and 2‑bedroom.  The distribution of these types of flats on each floor varies and depends on the particular floor and the particular block. There are a total of 2,582 flats in the 3 buildings.  Like other public housing estates in Hong Kong, the Estate is not enclosed by walls or fences and is therefore easily accessible from outside.

13.  The flats are finished to a basic standard upon completion of construction.  There is no partition of bedrooms.  Unlike the kitchen and bathroom which are tiled, the floor in the living area is paved with concrete and not tiled. 

14.  The management of the Estate was outsourced by HKHA to Nice Property Management Co Ltd (“Nice Property”).

B3.   Appointment of Appointed DCs

15.  On 3 August 2015, when Phase 1 was about to be completed, HKHA sent a letter to each of the 10 respondents (presumably because they topped the priority list) advising them that they had been selected to be Appointed DCs and inviting them to attend a briefing session to be held on 20 August 2015.  Only 10 contractors were selected based on the ratio of one contractor to 250 flats.  All the 10 respondents had confirmed their acceptance of the appointment in writing by 6 August 2015.

B4.   Briefing sessions

16.  On 20 August 2015, HKHA held a briefing session at its headquarters for the respondents regarding On Tat Estate which was attended by the representatives of the 10 respondents.  HKHA staff gave a presentation that set out certain principles and requirements.  The respondents, as Appointed DCs, were informed that “any malpractice is subject to regulatory actions” and were reminded in particular that they should not “agree among themselves to allocate flats to a certain contractor, commonly referred to as ‘pie‑sharing’, but should allow the tenants to choose freely”. They were also told that during the course and upon the completion of decoration works, they should clear and remove at their own cost all the refuse and surplus materials and dispose of them at the refuse station designated by HKHA or the management company.

17.  At the Police’s request, Nice Property invited the respondents to attend another meeting on 30 December 2015 (without any HKHA staff present).  A manager from Nice Property reiterated the rules for the respondents including the preparation and wearing of identification tags and the report of illegal conduct.  The Police’s Anti‑Triad Section also addressed the attendees on the prevention of triad activities and crimes.

18.  At this meeting, at the request of Nice Property, the respondents chose two persons as their representatives for communication with Nice Property, being Mr Wong Fu San of Luen Hop (R10) and Mr Chan Yiu Kwai of Hip Yick (R6).

B5.   Site Office

19.  In March 2016, Nice Property arranged for the respondents to make a site visit to the Estate to choose the location of their temporary office.  On 30 May 2016, the respondents by a joint letter to HKHA and Nice Property applied to set up their temporary office outside Shing Tat House (“Site Office”).  The site was provided by HKHA for a licence fee of $30,000 per month but the office itself and the facilities such as electrical fittings were arranged by the respondents themselves at their own expense.  The use of a joint site office is not in any way criticised by the Commission in these proceedings.

20.  Construction of the Site Office commenced on 7 June 2016 when Nice Property took over the Estate’s management, and was completed on 16 June 2016, one day before tenants intake began.  There was a sign above its entrance which read 「安達邨一期裝修部」 (“Decoration Office of On Tat Estate Phase 1”).  There were 10 desks inside the Site Office, in 2 rows of 5 desks on each side.  Each desk was occupied by an Appointed DC with its business name displayed on the wall behind the desk.  The respondents held a ceremony to worship deities at the Site Office on 16 June 2016, after which they drew lots to allocate the seats in the Site Office.  As will be elaborated below, there is evidence that the lots drawn determined not only the seating but also the floors in each building allocated to each of the respondents.

B6.   Tenants intake

21.  HKHA started issuing letters to public housing applicants in around November 2015 notifying them of the units in On Tat Estate that would be allocated to them, so that they could complete the process of accepting the offer by a specified date.  Construction of Phase 1 was completed at around end of May or early June 2016.  Nice Property began issuing letters to tenants, about 10 days prior to the intake registration process, with details of the relevant procedures.  The intake registration was arranged in batches, with registration for around 100 units on each day.  It was organised in the order of Chun Tat House, Shing Tat House and Oi Tat House, but otherwise not in any floor by floor sequence.  The staff of Nice Property would call the respondents’ joint representative in advance to let him know the day on which and the building for which registration would take place.

22.  Beginning from 17 June 2016, the tenants attended On Tat Estate on their respective appointed dates to complete the registration process, which involved the following steps:

(1)   The tenant would first attend the management office in the Estate, where staff would check the necessary documentation.

(2)   Where the documents were in order, Nice Property staff would provide the tenant with a sticker which showed his building name and unit number (“the Sticker”).  The tenant would be asked to put on the Sticker.  Stickers for different buildings had different colours, to enable security guards to distinguish the tenants.

(3)   After inspecting the unit allocated to him, the tenant would inform the Nice Property staff stationed in the lobby of each building whether or not he accepted the unit.  Upon acceptance, the tenant would be invited to watch a 20‑minute video which introduced the Estate’s facilities, intake procedures and HKHA’s relevant policies.  It was mentioned in this presentation that tenants were free to engage decoration contractors other than the Appointed DCs.

(4)   The tenant would then make payment for the deposit, rent and waste disposal fees, sign the tenancy agreement and receive the keys for his flat.

23.  The intake of tenants of Phase 1 was completed in August 2016.  On 22 September 2016 the respondents gave notice to quit the Site Office.  The lease for the Site Office was terminated and the Site Office was vacated and demolished by the respondents on 31 October 2016.

B7.   The Flyer

24.  For the purposes of the decoration works in Phase 1 of On Tat Estate, a joint flyer was produced by the respondents (“Flyer”). It was headed “On Tat Estate (Phase 1) Decoration Contractor” and listed 10 items of work as follows, which appear to be the types of basic decoration works typically desired by tenants:

“ 1. 20” x 20” polished floor tiles for living room and [bedrooms] in flat.

2. Place original baseboards at edges of walls in living room and [bedrooms] in flat.

3. Removal of all debris and waste from flat after completion.

4. Free new 8” squared bathroom exhaust fan.

5. Repaint living room and [bedroom] walls with Japanese 5‑in‑1 paint (excluding ceiling).

6. Make 1 room with sand brick wall in living room (about 8 feet).

7. Wall plasterwork put on Japanese 5‑in‑1 paint in new brick wall room.

8. New beech patterned door in living room, including door frame, lock and hinges, 1 set.

9. New kitchen cabinet from premium fireproof fiberboard (about 5.5 feet).

10. Install new floral white marble narrow window sills for living room and [bedrooms] in flat (bay window sills excluded).”

25.  The Flyer then set out the following service packages and prices respectively for the 4 types of flats, with their floor plans shown (“Packages” and “Package Prices”):

1‑2 Person Flat2‑3 Person Flat1‑Bedroom Flat2‑Bedroom Flat
Package A $5,380 Items 1‑4 included Package A $7,680
Items 1‑4 included
Package A $12,280
Items 1‑4 included
Package A $13,880
Items 1‑4 included
  Package B $21,880
Items 1‑10 included
Package B $33,880
Items 1‑10 included
Package B $36,880
Items 1‑10 included

26.  Below the floor plans and Package Prices were the following words:

“ Our decoration division is one of the 10 decoration contractors on the register of the Housing Authority, all of which are governed by the Housing Authority. [We] have been known for our good reputation and if the work or service provided is not satisfactory, please feel free to make a complaint to the relevant department and we will follow up without delay.

Our decoration division has taken out insurance for cash compensation for all flat owners including third party accident and worker accident insurance.

1 year guaranteed maintenance for all packages.

Prices of all works stated above cover costs of labour and materials and [we] do not hire any illegal workers from outside Hong Kong.

For any enquiry in relation to decoration matters, please visit us in person and obtain relevant information.

Address: G/F, Shing Tat House, On Tat Estate (Phase 1)”

27.  A copy of the Flyer together with its English translation are attached to this judgment as Appendix 1.

B8.   Decoration of the flats in the Estate

28.  Between June and November 2016, out of the total of 2,582 flats in the 3 buildings, the respondents carried out decoration works for 867 flats.  It is not entirely clear how many tenants moved in without decoration, or decorated the flats by themselves or their friends or relatives, or engaged commercial decoration contractors other than the Appointed DCs (“outside contractors”).

29.  It has since been discovered that the distribution of the vast majority of the flats decorated by the 10 respondents fell into a strikingly regular pattern.  According to this pattern, each respondent worked on 4 and only 4 floors in each of the 3 buildings.  The 4 floors each respondent worked on in each building are each 10 floors apart, so that the last digit of the floor number is constant.  The pattern is shown in the following table:

Appointed DCFloors worked in Chun Tat HouseFloors worked in Oi Tat HouseFloors worked in Shing Tat House
W Hing (R1) 1, 11, 21, 31 4, 14, 24, 34 8, 18, 28, 38
Sun Spark (R2) 2, 12 , 22, 32 5, 15, 25, 35 9, 19, 29, 39
Mau Hang (R3) 3, 13, 23, 33 6, 16, 26, 36 10, 20, 30, 40
Tai Dou (R4) 4, 14, 24, 34 7, 17, 27, 37 1, 11, 21, 31
Kam Kee (R5) 5, 15, 25, 35 8, 18, 28, 38 2, 12 , 22, 32
Hip Yick (R6) 6, 16, 26, 36 9, 19, 29, 39 3, 13, 23, 33
Tai Wah (R7) 7, 17, 27, 37 10, 20, 30, 40 4, 14, 24, 34
Wai Sun (R8) 8, 18, 28, 38 1, 11, 21, 31 5, 15, 25, 35
Wide Project (R9) 9, 19, 29, 39 2, 12 , 22, 32 6, 16, 26, 36
Luen Hop (R10) 10, 20, 30, 40 3, 13, 23, 33 7, 17, 27, 37

30.  832 of the 867 flats worked by the respondents follow this pattern, while 35 flats do not.  The number of flats worked by each respondent on each floor in each building and the number of flats that fall outside this pattern are shown in the 3 tables appended to this judgment as Appendix 2.

C.   LEGAL FRAMEWORK

31.  The first conduct rule is found in s 6 of the Ordinance, which provides:

“ (1) An undertaking must not—

(a) make or give effect to an agreement;

(b) engage in a concerted practice; or

(c) as a member of an association of undertakings, make or give effect to a decision of the association,

if the object or effect of the agreement, concerted practice or decision is to prevent, restrict or distort competition in Hong Kong.

(2) Unless the context otherwise requires, a provision of this Ordinance which is expressed to apply to, or in relation to, an agreement is to be read as applying equally to, or in relation to, a concerted practice and a decision by an association of undertakings (but with any necessary modifications).

(3) The prohibition imposed by subsection (1) is referred to in this Ordinance as the “first conduct rule”.”

32.  The first conduct rule focuses on agreements, concerted practices, and decisions of associations of undertakings.  An “agreement”, as defined in s 2(1),

“ includes any agreement, arrangement, understanding, promise or undertaking, whether express or implied, written or oral, and whether or not enforceable or intended to be enforceable by legal proceedings”.

As the present case is in the ultimate analysis concerned with agreements only, it is unnecessary to deal with concerted practices or decisions of associations.  The concept of “undertaking” is dealt with below in connection with the sub‑contractor defence raised by W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) (and which Tai Dou (R4) wished to raise).  There is no dispute that each of the other respondents is an undertaking.

33.  The first conduct rule prohibits any agreement that has an anti‑competitive “object” or “effect”.  It is common ground that these two elements are disjunctive.  The Commission’s case is that the agreements had the object of preventing, restricting or distorting competition in Hong Kong, and that it is therefore unnecessary to investigate their concrete effects. 

34.  Section 7(1) and (2) supplements s 6 in relation to object by providing that:

“ (1) If an agreement, concerted practice or decision has more than one object, it has the object of preventing, restricting or distorting competition under this Ordinance if one of its objects is to prevent, restrict or distort competition.

(2) An undertaking may be taken to have made or given effect to an agreement or decision or to have engaged in a concerted practice that has as its object the prevention, restriction or distortion of competition even if that object can be ascertained only by inference.”

35.  Section 30 provides that the conduct rules do not apply where they are excluded by Schedule 1.  Schedule 1 contains several exclusions.  The relevant one in this case is s 1 of Schedule 1 (quoted in §152 below), which is concerned with agreements that contribute to the improvement of production or distribution or the promotion of technical or economic progress.  This exclusion is relied upon by some of the respondents for their “efficiency defence”. 

36.  The Ordinance contains the concept of “serious anti-competitive conduct”, which is defined in s 2(1) to mean:

“any conduct that consists of any of the following or any combination of the following—

(a) fixing, maintaining, increasing or controlling the price for the supply of goods or services;

(b) allocating sales, territories, customers or markets for the production or supply of goods or services;

(c) fixing, maintaining, controlling, preventing, limiting or eliminating the production or supply of goods or services;

(d) bid-rigging”.

The significance of the classification of conduct as “serious anti-competitive conduct” is explained in §125 below.

37.  The first conduct rule may be enforced by the Commission by bringing proceedings in the Tribunal.  Section 93(1) provides:

“ If the Tribunal is satisfied, on application by the Commission under section 92, that a person has contravened or been involved in a contravention of a competition rule, it may order that person to pay to the Government a pecuniary penalty of any amount it considers appropriate.”

The maximum penalty, by s 93(3), is 10% of the turnover of the undertaking concerned for each year in which the contravention occurred or, where the contravention occurred in more than 3 years, 10% of the turnover of the highest 3 years.

38.  Because pecuniary penalties are sought in these proceedings, the Commission accepts that they involve the determination of a criminal charge within the meaning of Art 11 of the Hong Kong Bill of Rights (s 8 of the Hong Kong Bill of Rights Ordinance (Cap 383)).  On that basis, the respondents submit that the Commission has to prove its case beyond reasonable doubt, whereas the Commission submits that the civil standard of proof (ie balance of probabilities) should be applied when the Commission seeks to discharge its burden to establish a contravention of the first conduct rule, subject to cogent evidence being required commensurately with the seriousness of the allegations.

39.  The issue of the applicable standard of proof in proceedings in this Tribunal in which the Commission applies for an order for a pecuniary penalty under s 93 has been extensively discussed in the Tribunal’s judgment in Competition Commission v Nutanix Hong Kong Ltd and Others[2019] HKCT 2, which is handed down at the same time as this judgment. Essentially I take the view that this Tribunal is bound by the Court of Final Appeal’s decision in Koon Wing Yee v Insider Dealing Tribunal (2008) 11 HKCFAR 170 to proceed on the basis that, once the proceedings are properly regarded as involving the determination of a criminal charge for the purposes of Art 11 of the Bill of Rights, proof beyond reasonable doubt is applicable unless modified by proportionate legislation by express provision or necessary implication.  Since the Ordinance does not expressly or implicitly mandate a different standard, the standard of proof beyond reasonable doubt should be applied. 

40.  The burden and standard of proof in relation to the “efficiency defence” in s 1 of Schedule 1 will be discussed in section G2 below.

D.   FLOOR ALLOCATION ARRANGEMENT

D1.   The pleas

41.  The Commission alleges that from around June to November 2016, the 10 respondents made and/or gave effect to an agreement and/or engaged in a concerted practice, whereby the respondents were each allocated 4 floors in each of the 3 buildings of On Tat Estate in accordance with the pattern set out in §29 above, and the respondents (a) would not actively seek business from tenants on floors allocated to other respondents; (b) would not accept business from those tenants; and (c) would direct those tenants to the respondents who had been allocated their floors (“Floor Allocation Arrangement”).

42.  In their pleadings, all the respondents, except W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) who made no admission, denied there was any arrangement to allocate floors.  By the time of the trial, they contended that there was an agreement among the respondents to allocate floors for the cleaning of which each respondent was responsible (“Cleaning Agreement”).[3]

D2.   The pattern

43.  The stark pattern of the distribution of the flats decorated by the respondents, as set out in §29 above and in Appendix 2 below, is strong evidence that there had been deliberate design and concertation rather than free and normal competition.  In each building, each respondent worked exclusively or almost exclusively on 4 and only 4 floors.  The 4 floors that each respondent worked on in each building were each 10 floors apart so that their last digit was always the same.  Over 95% of the 867 flats decorated by the respondents fell into the pattern; only 35 flats (less than 5%) were “out of pattern”. 

44.  Even though I take the view that the respondents would have achieved some concentration of flats on certain floors without any coordination among themselves (as to which see §§232-247 below), the floors on which they won their first deals respectively would not without prior design be exactly 10 floors apart for each respondent, and it is also highly improbable that they would each have concentrated on 4 and only 4 floors in each of the 3 buildings.  It is in my judgment inconceivable that the distribution found here could have been arrived at by anything other than an agreement (which, for present purposes, need only be a mutual understanding).  There is no plausible basis for this division other than a pre‑ordained arrangement amongst the respondents.

45.  The “out‑of‑pattern flats” can be readily accounted for by the evidence that where the tenants themselves insisted, the respondents were permitted to take on work on floors not allocated to them. There may also be other special reasons such as, as mentioned in evidence, where a tenant was referred to a particular respondent by their common friend or relative.  In any event, the fact that less than 5% of the flats fell outside the pattern is in my view manifestly insufficient to detract from the inexorable inference.

D3.   The tenants’ evidence

46.  The Commission adduced evidence from 8 tenants which was largely unchallenged by the respondents.

(1)   Mr Chan (of 11/F, Chun Tat House) testified that on 21 June 2016, when he and his wife (both wearing the Sticker) made their way from the management office of the Estate to Chun Tat House, he saw over 10 representatives of decoration companies standing at the entrance of Chun Tat House, all wearing staff identification tags, but only a representative of W Hing (R1) approached them and followed them to their flat.  Later on the same day, when Mr Chan went to the Site Office and asked someone at the desk of Sun Spark (R2) about the cost of decoration works, the man did not answer his question but instead asked him which floor his flat was on.  After learning his flat was on 11/F, the man told him to engage W Hing (R1).  When Mr Chan asked whether he must do so, the man responded that if he engaged a different company, no one would follow up or handle his case “if anything happened”.  Mr Chan asked the same of the man at W Hing (R1)’s desk and received a similar response.  In the end, Mr Chan engaged W Hing (R1).

(2)   Mr Yau (of 4/F, Chun Tat House) stated that on 27 June 2016, when he and his wife, with the Sticker on their arms, went to Chun Tat House, he saw around 10 persons there, some holding promotional flyers.  Only one person approached them and went up to the flat with them and eventually brought them to Tai Dou (R4)’s desk at the Site Office where they signed a contract for decoration works.

(3)   Mr Yuan (of 7/F, Chun Tat House) recalled that in late June 2016, he and his mother, having put on the Sticker, went to collect the keys and inspect their flat.  As they walked towards Chun Tat House, he saw a few people outside the lobby trying to sell decoration services.  Only one of them approached them; none of the others did so or even walked near to try.  They contacted the man about a week later and signed the contract with his company, namely, Tai Wah (R7).

(4)   Mr Yu (of 17/F, Shing Tat House) recounted that a few days before 5 July 2016, he and his wife visited the Estate and chatted with one man from Luen Hop (R10) at the Site Office.  He asked them their flat number and asked them to come back when they received the keys.  On 5 July 2016, the couple went to collect the keys and ran into the same man near the management office.  When they went to the flat (with Stickers on their arms) with the man, none of the people in and outside the Site Office trying to sell decoration services approached them.  In the end they engaged Luen Hop (R10).

(5)   Mr Wong (of 5/F, Shing Tat House) said that on 7 July 2016, when he and his wife went to Shing Tat House (wearing the Sticker), out of the around 10 people in the walkway between Shing Tat House and the Site Office, only a representative of Wai Sun (R8) approached them and followed them to their flat.  In the end Mr Wong engaged Wai Sun (R8).

(6)   Mr Yeung (of 20/F, Shing Tat House) gave evidence that on or around 9 July 2016, he and his aunt, with Stickers on their clothes, went to Shing Tat House and saw more than 10 people outside the Site Office but only one man approached them and went to their flat with them.  The man then brought them back to the Site Office where they signed a decoration contract with Mau Hang (R3).

(7)   A few days prior to 21 July 2016, Ms Lin (of 19/F, Oi Tat House) went into the Site Office.  She was asked by a person inside what flat she had been allocated.  Upon hearing her reply, the person pointed her towards the desk of Hip Yick (R6) and told her that “they are responsible for Oi Tat House”.  After obtaining a cost estimate from Hip Yick (R6), Ms Lin initially wanted to compare it with other decoration companies’ prices, but gave up the idea when she recalled that the earlier person had told her that Hip Yick (R6) was responsible for Oi Tat House.  On the morning of 21 July 2016, when Ms Lin obtained her keys and went from the management office to Oi Tat House (wearing the Sticker), out of the more than 10 people standing there, only the representative of Hip Yick (R6), whom she had previously met, went up to approach her.  In the end she engaged Hip Yick (R6).

(8)   Mr Tam (of 28/F, Oi Tat House) recalled that on 21 September 2016, when he and his wife went to the lobby of Oi Tat House, wearing the Sticker, out of the many representatives of the Appointed DCs stationed there, only a representative of Kam Kee (R5) approached them and followed them to their flat.  In the end Mr Tam engaged Kam Kee (R5).

D4.   The respondents’ evidence

47.  While many of the respondents’ witnesses denied the Floor Allocation Arrangement on the stand, some actually admitted its existence.  Their admission is not confined to their own firms but extends to all the respondents without exception.  Thus WC Wong, a witness and the alleged sub‑contractor of W Hing (R1), frankly admitted in cross‑examination that on the day of the worship ceremony, the respondents drew lots to allocate the floors they would be working on.  They would each receive a piece of paper, which stated a number in relation to each building eg “1” for Chun Tat House, “4” for Oi Tat House, and “8” for Shing Tat House, and these would be the last digit of the floors on which the respondent would work in each building.

48.  Likewise, Lo Yiu Ming, a witness as well as a director of Kam Kee (R5), had admitted in his voluntary interview with the Commission on 8 March 2017 that on the day of the worship ceremony, the respondents agreed to divide the market by floors and that they would not try to seek business on the floors not allocated to them.  A statement by him was subsequently filed on behalf of Kam Kee (R5) which claimed that he did not understand what he was being asked during the interview, and that when he mentioned “distribution” of the floors at the interview he had meant to refer to the Cleaning Agreement.  I am not impressed by this attempt to resile from his answers.  It is clear from the record and the unchallenged evidence of the interviewer that Lo gave his answers well knowing what he was being asked and also entirely voluntarily.  His answers would not make sense in the context of the alleged Cleaning Agreement.  When cross‑examined at the trial, Lo effectively accepted there was an understanding among the respondents that they would each concentrate on the floors that they were allocated, for all purposes. 

49.  Both WC Wong and Lo Yiu Ming testified that there had been a long history of such “pie‑sharing” in the decoration of flats in public housing estates in Hong Kong.

50.  Poon Wai Woon, a partner of Wai Sun (R8), also admitted in a cautioned interview by the Commission on 13 March 2017 that there was an agreement among the respondents to divide up the floors.  When asked, as an example, why his company mainly did decoration works on 1/F, 11/F, 21/F and 31/F of Oi Tat House, he said there was an agreement among the respondents (known also to their staff) as to the floors they were to work on, so that they “shouldn’t compete with each other”.  If Wai Sun (R8) was approached by a tenant of a floor not allocated to it, it should first tell him to go to the company which had been allocated that floor; but if the tenant did not wish to go to that other company and wanted to engage Wai Sun (R8) instead, that would be permissible.  This applied also in the converse situation: where a tenant of a floor allocated to Wai Sun (R8) approached another respondent of his own volition, he would first be told to contact Wai Sun (R8).  When asked about these statements in cross‑examination, Poon, who appeared quite nervous throughout his testimony, mainly evaded the questions and at times accepted there was a market allocation agreement and at times denied it.  Unlike Lo Yiu Ming of Kam Kee (R5), Poon’s witness statements filed in the proceedings did not seek to cast any doubt on the accuracy of his answers in the interview.

51.  Some other respondents’ witnesses denied the Floor Allocation Arrangement in their evidence, including Chim Lap Fan (R2), Chan Kam Shui (R3), Chan Yiu Kwai (R6), Cheung Ping San (R7), Wong Fu San (R10) and Ma Yick Yin (who worked in the name of Tai Dou (R4) in relation to the decoration works in On Tat Estate but was called to give evidence by the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents).  They all said there was no agreement among the respondents to divide up the floors for the purposes of getting decoration business but instead there was a Cleaning Agreement.  Their evidence is discussed below in connection with the alleged Cleaning Agreement.

52.  I should mention that the supplemental statements of Chim Lap Fan (R2), Lo Yiu Ming (R5), Chan Yiu Kwai (R6), Cheung Ping San (R7), Poon Wai Woon (R8) and Wong Fu San (R10) and the statements of Chan Chun Wah (R3) and Ma Yick Yin all contain the following paragraph:[4]

“ … to counter the cost disadvantage the Appointed DCs were faced with vis‑a‑vis the ‘outside’ contractors as a result of the rules imposed by the Housing Authority, it had been customary for the Appointed DCs to engage in certain joint activities in connection with the provision of decorative services to the tenants in order to take advantage of any efficiencies that they could derive from such joint activities. Following this custom, we (i.e. the Respondents) also engaged in similar cooperative activities in the Estate. The first activity was to jointly share and manage the responsibilities of cleaning and disposing the waste and debris from decorative work performed in each flat. The second was a broader cooperative arrangement among us to coordinate, manage and share the cost of many overhead and operating expenses that each would have had to incur separately in connection with the provision of decorative services in the Estate. The Alleged Floor Allocation Arrangement, and the arrangement to share the waste and debris disposal responsibility among the Respondents were both part of this broader pro‑competitive cooperative arrangement among us: paragraphs 122 and 124 of the Expert Report.” (emphasis added)

53.  The last sentence in this quotation seems to me to be a clear admission that the Floor Allocation Arrangement alleged by the Commission was indeed entered into by the respondents.  However, for reasons explained in §§205-210 below and as the Commission has fairly submitted, these “admissions” should be accorded no weight.

D5.   Cleaning Agreement

54.  Sun Spark (R2), Mau Hang (R3), Kam Kee (R5), Hip Yick (R6), Tai Wah (R7), Wai Sun (R8) and Luen Hop (R10) contend that there was no market sharing agreement among the respondents but a “Cleaning Agreement”.  This was described in the witnesses’ evidence as an agreement whereby the respondents drew lots at the worship ceremony to determine both the seating in the Site Office and the designated floors they were each required to clean up.  It was said that agreements like the Cleaning Agreement had been used in other public housing estates for many years.  Under the Cleaning Agreement, each respondent, as an Appointed DC, would be responsible for cleaning the debris and construction waste on specific floors and would be accountable to the management office if cleaning problems arose.  The purpose of the agreement was to assign responsibilities for cleaning up waste and debris left by contractors in the common areas such as corridors and stairways of the buildings.  Without the Cleaning Agreement, no one would voluntarily clean up such waste and debris, which would cause obstruction and fire hazard.

55.  It was further said that since the respondents were required under the Cleaning Agreement to clean up the respective designated floors, each of them independently and separately decided that it should target the floors allocated to it and focus on tenants of those floors for decoration business as well, for example by distributing flyers on those floors.  This was done purely to save costs and that each of them did not object to the other respondents competing on its floors.

56.  For a number of reasons explained below, I do not find the Cleaning Agreement a credible story.  First, it is significant to see how the story evolved.  It was not mentioned by many of the respondents’ personnel interviewed by the Commission in 2017, who simply denied that there was any agreement at all.  Further, the reasons, where given, for not having mentioned the Cleaning Agreement in the interview, are not consistent.  Chim Lap Fan (R2) said in his witness statement that he did not mention it in the interview because it was a common practice in the industry and he thought it was a trivial matter and he was not asked about it by the Commission.  In oral evidence, however, he said he did not mention it in order to avoid suspicion on the part of the Commission and to avoid stepping on a “landmine”.  When asked about this inconsistency, Chim claimed it was possible that his witness statement, which was made in English, was not sufficiently clearly explained to him by his former lawyers.

57.  In his interview on 26 June 2017, when asked why Mau Hang (R3) only decorated flats in Chun Tat House on 3/F, 13/F, 23/F and 33/F, Chan Kam Shui said “[p]erhaps it’s just a coincidence”.[5]  While he discussed cleaning obligations, he specifically denied there was any agreement to allocate floors for cleaning purposes.[6]

58.  In his first interview by the Commission on 8 March 2017, Chan Yiu Kwai (R6) simply denied there was any agreed floor allocation and did not mention any Cleaning Agreement.  In his second interview on 23 May 2017, he said there was an agreed division of the floors for cleaning waste and debris, but when asked why the floors allocated to each one were 10 floors apart, he said it would be fairer to allocate the floors in cycles rather than for consecutive floors to be allocated to a respondent because, for example, 1/F to 3/F are “not good” as there might be many elderly tenants there who would not spend much money on decoration.  This is a telling answer because if the division was done to allocate responsibility for cleaning only, those floors should be very welcome for they should generate much less construction waste.  In cross‑examination, Chan was unable to explain this answer except to say that it would be fairer to make it more even among the contractors.

59.  Cheung Bing San (R7) never mentioned the Cleaning Agreement in his interview with the Commission on 9 March 2017, although he denied that in oral evidence without any basis.  He mentioned in his witness statement the drawing of lots to determine seating arrangements in the Site Office but when asked why there was no mention of the Cleaning Agreement, he said he was not asked the question.  It seems to me that in his oral evidence he tried to seize every opportunity to give a “practised” answer that there was a Cleaning Agreement involving allocation of floors for removing debris.

60.  Wong Fu San (R10) said in his interview on 8 March 2017 that many meetings of all 10 respondents were convened with the management office when the latter complained about the existence of debris on a specific floor.  Of course, if the Cleaning Agreement existed, such meetings would have been unnecessary for Wong would know which respondent was responsible for the cleaning of that floor and could immediately notify that respondent to remove the debris.  Wong also said in his second interview that the respondent who happened to be doing more flats on a floor would be asked to clean up accumulated debris on that floor where the source was unidentifiable. He never mentioned either in his two interviews or in his first witness statement any agreement for the allocation of floors to the respondents for cleaning purposes.

61.  It would be remarkable, if there was a Cleaning Agreement as alleged leading to the respondents taking up the decoration work on agreed allocated floors, that none of these interviewees had mentioned it to the Commission who was investigating the cause of the striking pattern of distribution of the flats decorated by the respondents.

62.  Secondly, there was still no mention of the Cleaning Agreement in the pleadings, after the respondents had obtained legal representation.  The agreement was not mentioned in the Response jointly filed by the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents[7] or the separate Response filed by the 5th respondent.  The joint Response dated 26 September 2017 states:

“ It is more economical and costs saving for the Respondents to carry out decoration works for the flats located at the same floor. Therefore, the Respondents inclined to seek business from the Tenants of the same floor and also offered them with favourable prices.” (§22(a))

63.  It is pleaded that the drawing of lots was done for determining the seating arrangement in the Site Office (§26), and there is a mention of cleaning in §29(h) which pleads:

“ For the sake of convenience, effective operation, the Decoration Contractors normally preferred to take up work offers on the same floor, so that they could organize some of the tasks to be done collectively in economy of manpower, effective usage of equipment, cleaning up debris and for rubbish clearance”,

but this is plainly not the Cleaning Agreement subsequently contended for by the respondents.

64.  Likewise, under the alternative plea of enhanced overall economic efficiency, §32(d) pleads “Enabling collective cleaning up debris and waste” but does not plead any Cleaning Agreement.

65.  The Response of Kam Kee (R5), even more starkly, states (at §11(2), see also §13(6), which have remained the same after an amendment in February 2018):

“ The 5th Respondent had never taken part in any floor allocation in respect of the Three Houses with the other Respondents, whether as per the Floor Allocation or at all.”

66.  The total lack of a pleaded case of the Cleaning Agreement is in itself a sufficient reason why the explanation for the floor distribution pattern now advanced by these respondents cannot be accepted.  But just as importantly it also reveals the lack of credibility of the belated assertion of the Cleaning Agreement.

67.  Thirdly, of the respondents’ witness statements produced in April 2018, only those of Chim Lap Fan (R2), Chan Kam Shui (R3), Ho Kit Chung (R4) and Lo Yiu Ming (R5) made reference to the Cleaning Agreement; none of Chan Yiu Kwai (R6), Cheung Ping San (R7), Poon Wai Woon (R8) or Wong Fu San (R10) mentioned it.  For the latter group of witnesses, they raised the Cleaning Agreement for the first time only in their supplemental statements dated 4 October 2018 which, for reasons explained in §§205-210 below, can be given little weight.

68.  Fourthly, the existence of the Cleaning Agreement is directly denied by WC Wong, the witness of W Hing (R1) and thus not part of the group of respondents who had raised that defence. Further, in cross‑examination Poon Wai Woon (R8) said there was no agreement between the respondents as to which floors they should clean up on — an answer he confirmed in re‑examination. 

69.  Fifthly, the property manager from Nice Property gave evidence that no such arrangement as the Cleaning Agreement was made known to it.  His evidence was not challenged by any respondent; nor did any respondent give evidence that Nice Property was informed.  It is difficult to comprehend why Nice Property did not know about it if there was a Cleaning Agreement, since its purpose was supposedly to meet the demands of the management office for the clearing up of accumulated debris in the common areas.

70.  Sixthly, the lack of clarity in the parameters of the alleged Cleaning Agreement militates against its existence.  For example, each respondent was subject to the requirement under clause 9(h) of the Licence not to leave any refuse of whatever kind in the common areas. Clause 5 of the standard terms and conditions which every Appointed DC was required to print on the back of its work orders also provided that the contractor was required to “clear and remove at its own costs all the rubbish, refuse and surplus materials relating to the decoration works as and when they arise during the course, and upon the completion, of the decoration works”. There was nevertheless some suggestion that under the Cleaning Agreement, the respondents would be responsible for clearing up other respondents’ waste on the same floor.  How the Cleaning Agreement interacted with the obligations under the Licences and work orders was nowhere credibly explained.  It was also wholly unclear whether the cleaning responsibilities continued after a respondent had finished all its decoration work on a floor.

71.  Seventhly, the suggestion that each respondent assumed responsibility for cleaning up building waste on particular floors (including waste generated by outside contractors) even if the respondent did no work on those floors is, as accepted by Chim Lap Fan (R2), not rational or commercially sensible.  In the case of Chim’s company, namely Sun Spark (R2), there were actually 3 such floors (2/F and 32/F Chun Tat House and 35/F Oi Tat House) as shown in Appendix 2.

72.  Under the rules of the Estate, the tenants and their decoration contractors were responsible for taking their own construction waste to the refuse collection point at the ground floor of each building.  They were prohibited from leaving any construction waste in the corridors or lift lobbies.  It is not surprising that there might be breaches from time to time. Where that happened, if the source of the construction waste was identifiable, the tenant and decoration contractor responsible would be required to dispose of it.  If the source could not be identified, Yee Hop, the cleaning company engaged by Nice Property for the Estate, would remove the waste to the collection point.  From there lorries arranged by Nice Property would transport the waste to a landfill site.  The cost of this service was covered by the “construction waste fee” that tenants were required to pay upon registration.

73.  Accordingly, as submitted by the Commission, the contention that there was a free‑standing Cleaning Agreement is deeply implausible and is to be rejected.  I accept that the respondents’ workers gave help to Yee Hop’s cleaners from time to time but this does not support the Cleaning Agreement.  What is far more likely to have happened is that, because there was the Floor Allocation Arrangement, and pursuant to that arrangement a respondent was decorating a number of flats on a floor (to the exclusion of the other respondents), when there was debris in the common areas whose source was unidentified, it was understood that the respondent might on occasions be expected to help remove it.  In other words, as was the evidence of Poon Wai Woon (R8), it was because a certain respondent was doing most of the work on a floor that he would be expected to clean up debris on that floor, not the other way round.

74.  Finally, it should be added that even if the respondents expressly agreed to allocate floors only for cleaning work and not for decoration business, there could still have been an infringement.  This is because on their own case it was to be expected that they would each concentrate on their allocated floors for the purpose of acquiring decoration business.  As such, the Cleaning Agreement may arguably amount to a concerted practice among the respondents by which they knowingly reduced the uncertainty with regard to the conduct and strategy of one another.

D6.   Conclusions and findings

75.  For all these reasons, I reject the respondents’ contentions.  The denial of the Floor Allocation Arrangement and the assertion of the Cleaning Agreement are specifically rejected.  The evidence in my view establishes beyond any doubt the factual case advanced by the Commission.

76.  This Tribunal finds that:

(1)   Between about June and November 2016, the 10 respondents made and gave effect to an agreement, whereby they were each allocated 4 floors in each of the 3 buildings of On Tat Estate, in the manner specified in the table at §29 above, for the purposes of seeking decoration works.  They agreed among themselves that (a) they would not actively seek business from tenants on floors allocated to other respondents; (b) if approached by those tenants, they would direct them to the respondents who had been allocated their floors; and (c) unless those tenants insisted otherwise, they would decline business from them.

(2)   This agreement, as implemented, resulted in the pattern of distribution of the flats decorated by the respondents as shown in the tables in §29 above and in Appendix 2 below.

(3)   There was no express, separate and self-standing Cleaning Agreement among the respondents for the purposes of allocating responsibility for the removal of unattributed debris on any specific floors.

(4)   The respondents, whilst working on their allocated floors, might on occasions have helped Yee Hop’s staff with the removal of construction waste left in the common areas of their floors to the refuse collection point, but this was understood to be an ancillary incident of their working on those floors, rather than an obligation arising from any Cleaning Agreement.

E.   PACKAGE PRICE ARRANGEMENT

E1.   The pleas

77.  The Commission’s case is that from around June to November 2016, the respondents made and gave effect to an agreement, or engaged in a concerted practice, whereby (1) the respondents would jointly produce the Flyer where the Package Prices would be printed and which would be used by the respondents for advertisement to the tenants; and (2) the Package Prices would be the prices used or offered by the respondents for the Packages in the first instance.  This is referred to as the “Package Price Arrangement”.

78.  W Hing (R1) simply makes no admission to the allegation. 

79.  Wide Project (R9) denies that he authorised or participated in the production or use of the Flyer but this is based on the sub‑contractor defence.  He adduced no positive evidence to the effect that his sub‑contractor did not agree with the production of the Flyer or did not use it.

80.  In their joint Response, Sun Spark (R2), Mau Hang (R3), Tai Dou (R4), Hip Yick (R6), Tai Wah (R7), Wai Sun (R8) and Luen Hop (R10) admit that “the promotional Flyers were used by the Respondents” and plead that “[t]he use of the Flyers was for promotion only”; “[t]he prices stated in the Flyers were for reference only”; “[t]here was room for … price adjustments”; “[t]he use of the flyers showing the Packages Prices was intended as a general reference in negotiation with the Tenants …  The aim of setting such reference was intended as a provision of basic information to the Tenants”; “[t]he reference pricing is an ancillary restriction which falls outside the scope of the First Conduct Rule …”; and “[s]uch arrangement was an objective necessity for initial negotiation between the Respondents and the tenants”.

81.  In the particulars of their Response, given by their solicitors’ letter dated 2 March 2018 in relation to the suggestion that the “reference pricing” is an “ancillary restriction”, it was stated: “The main agreement is to facilitate the initial negotiation between the Rs and the tenants regarding price and scope of works.  To [achieve] such objective, the Rs coordinate with each other to provide Package Prices to various types of works”.

82.  Kam Kee (R5) denies the Package Price Arrangement and further pleads that “the Respondents only printed the Flyers for marketing purposes only”, and that it “never adopted the Basic Packages as a starting point and/or anchoring reference point for negotiations with Tenants”.

E2.   The evidence

83.  There is evidence from Chim Lap Fan (R2), Chan Kam Shui (R3), Chan Yiu Kwai (R6) and Cheung Bing Sang (R7) in their witness statements, from WC Wong (R1) in his oral evidence, and from Wong Fu San (R10) in his interview by the Commission and his oral evidence at trial, that the respondents all agreed that the Flyer was to be produced jointly for use by all the respondents.  Wong Fu San and Chan Yiu Kwai as the representatives were responsible for its production.  Wong Fu San obtained sample flyers from other public housing estates for reference and adopted their design and the contents of package items.  The two representatives set the Package Prices in the Flyer, without receiving any costs information from the respondents individually.  All the respondents shared the cost of printing. Indeed, the Flyer itself plainly represented that it was published by all the respondents, as it stated “Our decoration division is one of the 10 decoration contractors on the register of the Housing Authority, all of which are governed by the Housing Authority” and gave the Site Office as their common address.

84.  While there was some suggestion (eg from WC Wong (R1)) that the respondents were not consulted about the prices before printing, I think that was mistaken and the preferable evidence was that of Chan Yiu Kwai (R6) and Cheung Bing Sang (R7) who said there was a brief discussion among the respondents before they agreed to bulk‑print the Flyer. In particular, in his interview by the Commission on 8 March 2017, Wong Fu San (R10) recalled with some satisfaction that all the Appointed DCs agreed with the contents of the Flyer, which was not always the case in his experience with other estates.

85.  The main dispute raised by the respondents was whether and the extent to which they actually used the Flyer in dealing with the tenants.

86.  On this question, the Commission was able to point to 23 work orders in which the respondents applied the precise Package Prices to the Package items as shown in the Flyer.  This is strong indication that the Flyer was used leading to the conclusion of those orders. These 23 work orders belonged to 8 of the respondents (except Mau Hang (R3) and Tai Wah (R7)).[8] Moreover, an analysis by Dr Sharon Pang, the respondents’ economics expert, of the 233 work orders performed by the respondents other than W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) in Chun Tat House shows that around 59% have the same 10 Package items that were advertised on the Flyer and pre-printed on the work orders.

87.  The witnesses’ evidence also shows that the Flyer was used by the respondents.  WC Wong (R1)’s evidence was that where a tenant adopted one of the Packages, the Flyer price would be used as the starting point and would become the actual price if the tenant did not ask for a discount.  If the tenant did ask, a discount would be given, but the records of the actual transactions show that the discount given was small, in the region of 2%.

88.  In his witness statement, Chim Lap Fan (R2) said that the Flyer prices would be used as the starting point with the tenants but that his firm would try to give as much discount as possible.  In his oral evidence, however, he tried to distance his firm from the Flyer, saying that it was rarely used by the staff and that his statement was written by his former lawyers.  He also said that Sun Spark (R2) had its own prices for the Package items to use as a starting point ($6,000 in the case of 1‑2 person flat, which was higher than the Flyer price of $5,380).  I did not find this evidence credible, which was contrary to his statement.  As stated in his statement, “Sun Spark did distribute flyers to the 1st and 3rd floors of Chun Tat House after received [sic] orders from room 122 and 307. This was the main reason Sun Spark received another order from Room 304”.  He also had to admit that Sun Spark (R2) had agreed to work orders for the Package items with precisely the Flyer prices and there were occasions when the customer himself drew attention to the Flyer prices.  Indeed, in relation to 2 flats which were charged the Flyer prices, his statement stated “the tenants ordered a package only, therefore Sun Spark did not give the tenant any discount”.

89.  Chan Kam Shui (R3) said in his statement that “[t]he two packages were only a starting point for the tenants who usually add or subtract items from them to meet the specific demand for their flats. I tried not to stick to the price listed in the flyer because the flyer was merely used as an advertisement to attract potential customers. I tried to give as much discount to my customers as possible …”. This was adopted as his evidence‑in‑chief.  His bare denial in cross‑examination that the Flyer prices were used to start negotiations on the Package items does not seem credible to me.

90.  Lo Yiu Ming (R5) said in his statement that the Flyer was printed “as a way of promotion only, as we know the tenants would get flyers and compare prices” and that “the package prices stated in the flyer are only a matter for promotional purposes”.  His statement that “Kam Kee did not follow the price stated at all” is however hardly credible since, as he had to accept, there were several work orders of Kam Kee (R5) that matched the Flyer prices exactly.  He accepted that in those cases the Flyer prices were taken as a reference point, though he suggested that the prices were proposed by the tenants themselves, having obtained the Flyer.

91.  In his statement, Chan Yiu Kwai (R6) said that the Flyer prices “were for general reference purpose” but “the reference value of flyers was limited”.  He did not dispute that Hip Yick (R6) distributed the Flyer for promotional purposes.  Although he claimed in oral evidence that his company did not use the Flyer very often, he accepted there were flats done by Hip Yick (R6) where the prices charged matched precisely those quoted on the Flyer.  He explained that he adopted the Flyer prices, but if the customer required additional work or change of materials, then the prices could be different.

92.  In the case of Tai Wah (R7), while in his statement Cheung Bing Sang said that the Flyer prices “were just for general reference only”, he also admitted that his staff would distribute the Flyers to the tenants and if a tenant did not bargain or put forward other requirements, his firm “normally would charge the price shown on the flyers”.

93.  In his statement Poon Wai Woon (R8) said that the Flyers were “distributed to customers as promotion and the prices on the Flyers were set for reference(s) and would be adjusted according to customers’ requests such as the materials used, works required”.  He however accepted there that: “If a customer only wishes to do the work specified in a package, Wai Sun would charge only the package price”.  In oral evidence he also accepted that if the customers wanted something different from the Flyer, Wai Sun (R8) would charge a different price, “but otherwise [Wai Sun] generally use[d] the flyer prices for those particular items”.

94.  In the case of Luen Hop (R10), Wong Fu San said that the Flyer was used “to attract the customers and for general promotion”, and that there were “about less than 10 job contracts out of the 90 contracts … concluded simply on the stated package price(s)”.  In oral evidence, he said that every respondent distributed the Flyer. 

95.  In oral evidence, when asked by Ms Ng on behalf of Tai Dou (R4), Ma Yick Yin, who was acting in the name of Tai Dou at the time, denied that he used the Flyer.  This is of course contrary to Tai Dou’s pleaded case that the Flyer was used for promotion and the prices stated were used for reference in negotiations with the customers.  Moreover, Ma’s bare denial cannot in my view stand against the weight of all the other evidence including the objective fact that there were 3 work orders of Tai Dou where the prices charged for Package items exactly matched the Flyer prices.

96.  In the case of Wide Project (R9), although no one handling the day‑to‑day decoration business in its name in On Tat Estate was called to testify at the trial, the available evidence shows that the Flyer was also agreed to and distributed by those working in its name.  In the interview by the Commission on 30 March 2017, Mak Sau Kwan, who was a decorator that worked in On Tat Estate in the name of Wide Project, said that when asked by the tenants, she would give them the Flyer.  She said that the Flyer prices were only for reference, and there was no fixed rule that those prices had to be used.  It is, however, indisputable that Wide Project did have 3 work orders with precisely the Flyer prices for the Package items. 

E3.   Conclusions and findings

97.  In my judgment, it has been established to the requisite standard that:

(1)   The prices quoted on the Flyer were fixed by agreement between the respondents.

(2)   The Flyers were printed by agreement of all the respondents, using money contributed by all of them, and were distributed and used by them for promotional purposes.

(3)   In practice and reality, the prices in the Flyer served as a starting point or anchoring reference point for negotiations with many if not all customers where their requirements included the Package items.

(4)   For a number of contracts, the prices in the Flyer were adopted as the final prices, in some cases with small adjustments.

F.   INFRINGEMENT OF FIRST CONDUCT RULE BY OBJECT

F1.   General principles

98.  Various jurisdictions have seen the need to simplify the application of competition law and provide legal certainty by laying down bright‑line rules where appropriate.  Thus certain “hard-core” anti‑competitive practices are regarded under United States law as “illegal per se” under the Sherman Act.[9] Collusion between competitors has been called by the US Supreme Court “the supreme evil of antitrust”.[10]  In Australia also, the law is that certain practices (especially cartel conduct between competitors) are regarded as so inherently damaging to competition that they are treated as illegal without further inquiry.  As the High Court of Australia stated in Rural Press Ltd and Others v Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (2003) 216 CLR 53, at §82:

“ There are practices which Parliament has seen as so generally offensive to the competitive goals underlying the [Trade Practices Act 1974][11] that they are to be condemned without consideration of any purpose or effect of substantially lessening competition in a market.”

99.  In the competition law of the European Union (and in jurisdictions which have adopted the EU model), no conduct is classified as illegal per se.  Instead, as far as Art 101 of the TFEU[12] is concerned, the distinction is drawn between agreements with the object and effect of preventing, restricting or distorting competition.  The language in Art 101(1), in particular the phrase “object or effect”, has since the earliest days of EU competition law been held to mean that there is no need to examine the effects of an agreement if it is found to have the object of harming competition: Case 56/65 Société Technique Minière v Maschinenbau Ulm GmbH[1966] ECR 235, 249.

100.  Several rationales for a rule prohibiting agreements that restrict competition by object have been articulated.  First, such prohibition is justified by the fact that “certain forms of collusion between undertakings can be regarded, by their very nature, as being injurious to the proper functioning of normal competition”: Case C‑209/07 Competition Authority v Beef Industry Development Society Ltd, §17.  Identifying such coordination for prohibition achieves a deterrent effect and helps to prevent such conduct: per AG Wahl in Cartes Bancaires at §35.

101.  Another justification, related to the above, is that, as AG Kokott said in Case C‑8/08 T‑Mobile v Commission at §47, the prohibition of infringements by object:

“ is comparable to the ‘risk offences’ (Gefährdungsdelikte) known in criminal law: in most legal systems, a person who drives a vehicle when significantly under the influence of alcohol or drugs is liable to a criminal or administrative penalty, wholly irrespective of whether, in fact, he endangered another road user or was even responsible for an accident. In the same vein, undertakings infringe European competition law and may be subject to a fine if they engage in concerted practices with an anti‑competitive object; whether in an individual case, in fact, particular market participants or the general public suffer harm is irrelevant.”

102.  Thirdly, such a rule creates legal certainty, provides predictability and allows all market participants to adapt their conduct accordingly: per AG Kokott in T‑Mobile at §43; AG Wahl in Cartes Bancaires at §35. Uncertainty in the law imposes direct costs on society through the need for complex legal advice and the increased likelihood of lengthy, complicated legal proceedings.

103.  Fourthly, the rule also sensibly conserves resources of competition authorities and the justice system: per AG Kokott in T‑Mobile at §43; per AG Wahl in Cartes Bancaires at §35.  As a corollary, without prohibition of infringement by object there will be a considerable increase in the burdens of investigation and proof on the regulator even in the case of such infringements, which are already serious in themselves.  This will severely impair the effectiveness of Art 101: C‑407/04P Dalmine v Commission, §137.

104.  In the first conduct rule in the Ordinance, which is modelled on EU law, the same bifurcation into object and effect is adopted.  The purpose of adopting this language, and the mischief that would follow an alteration of this formulation, were explained to the Bills Committee during the legislative process as follows:

“ The formulation of the first conduct rule in clause 6 of the Competition Bill (the Bill) is almost identical to the corresponding competition provisions in Singapore, the EU and the UK. … Moving away from the formulation commonly adopted abroad would entail the disadvantage of loss of application of a large pool of relevant case law and existing jurisprudence, thereby creating uncertainty for the business sector. Requiring the competition authorities to establish both the object and effect before finding an infringement would also set a much higher threshold of proof for the future Competition Commission (Commission), thus seriously hampering its ability to tackle ‘hard‑core’ anti‑competitive conduct, such as those involving cartels.”[13]

105.  The meaning of restriction of competition by object has been much discussed in EU law which provides useful guidance in the application of the first conduct rule.  There is no dispute between the parties that the current leading EU case in that regard is Case C‑67/13P Groupement des Cartes Bancaires v European Commission.  The approach set out there has been confirmed by the CJEU (Grand Chamber) in Case C‑179/16 F. Hoffmann‑La Roche Ltd vAutorità Garante della Concorrenza e del Mercato.  The position in EU Law displays these elements:

(1)   Certain types of coordination between undertakings “can be regarded, by their very nature, as being harmful to the proper functioning of normal competition”.  As such they “reveal a sufficient degree of harm to competition that it may be found that there is no need to examine their effects”: Cartes Bancaires, at §§49‑50; F. Hoffmann‑La Roche, at §78.  The “essential legal criterion” for ascertaining whether certain coordination between undertakings involves a restriction of competition by object is the finding that such coordination reveals in itself a sufficient degree of harm to competition: Cartes Bancaires, at §57; Case C‑345/14 SIA “Maxima Latvija” v Konkurences padome, at §20.

(2)   “Consequently, it is established that certain collusive behaviour, such as that leading to horizontal price‑fixing by cartels, may be considered so likely to have negative effects, in particular on the price, quantity or quality of the goods and services, that it may be considered redundant, for the purposes of applying Article 81(1) EC, to prove that they have actual effects on the market …  Experience shows that such behaviour leads to falls in production and price increases, resulting in poor allocation of resources to the detriment, in particular, of consumers”: Cartes Bancaires, at §51.

(3)   In order to determine whether an agreement reveals a sufficient degree of harm to competition that it may be considered a restriction of competition “by object”, “regard must be had to the content of its provisions, its objectives and the economic and legal context of which it forms a part”: Cartes Bancaires, at §53; F. Hoffmann‑La Roche, at §79. 

(4)   “When determining that context, it is also necessary to take into consideration the nature of the goods or services affected, as well as the real conditions of the functioning and structure of the market or markets in question”: Cartes Bancaires, at §53; F. Hoffmann‑La Roche, at §80.

(5)   Although the parties’ intention is not a necessary factor in determining whether an agreement between undertakings is restrictive, there is nothing to prevent that factor from being taken into account: Cartes Bancaires, at §54; F. Hoffmann‑La Roche, at §78.

106.  The parties do not dispute the applicability of these principles in connection with the first conduct rule.  To them must be added the two statutory rules in s 7 of the Ordinance: first, for an agreement with more than one object, it is sufficient if one of its objects is to restrict competition; and secondly, the object of restriction of competition may be found even if it can be ascertained only by inference.  These provisions reflect the established position in relation to Art 101 of the TFEU.

107.  Because it potentially permits undertakings to be sanctioned for infringement of competition law without examination or proof of the concrete effects of the agreement, the concept of infringement by object needs to be interpreted restrictively: Cartes Bancaires, §58; F. Hoffmann‑La Roche, at §78.

108.  Paying regard to the legal and economic context of the agreement as referred to in Cartes Bancaires at §53 is, however, to be distinguished from an effects analysis.  To conflate the two would undermine the benefits and defeat the purpose of proscribing restriction of competition by object in the first place.  As AG Wathelet stated in §67 of his opinion in Case C‑373/14P Toshiba Corporation v Commission, the economic and legal context “is there to assist the authority responsible for examining the alleged restriction by object to understand the economic function and the real significance of the agreement”.  What is required is an examination of the agreement in its proper context in order to ascertain whether it amounts to a restriction by object.  It does not involve a full examination of market effects or any balancing of pro‑ or anti‑competitive effects: Agents’ Mutual Ltd v Gaxcoigne Halman Ltd [2017] CAT 15, §149.

109.  On behalf of Sun Spark (R2) and Mau Hang (R3), Mr Carter Chim submitted that what constitutes a restriction of competition by object remains a controversial topic in EU law and continues to be hotly debated.  He submitted that this Tribunal should avoid the “mistakes” made in the EU and UK and avoid a “form based” approach to defining the “object box”.

110.  It is true that there have been debates concerning the proper delineation of the category of infringement by object, but it seems to me, with respect, that agreements such as those for price fixing and market allocation between competitors are generally recognised to restrict competition by object.  As Mr Beard submitted on behalf of the Commission, they are paradigmatic, not penumbral, cases.  As horizontal pacts between competitors that directly exclude competition in respect of significant parameters in their operation, they are regarded as cartels and virtually universally condemned by every system of competition law.

111.  It will moreover be noted that even in recent case‑law such as Cartes Bancaires and F. Hoffmann‑La Roche, the CJEU has continued to pronounce that there are certain types of coordination that are regarded, by their very nature, as being harmful to the proper functioning of normal competition.  While the concept of infringement by object is to be narrowly interpreted, there are established categories of conduct that are generally expected to fall within it, of which price‑fixing and market sharing agreements are clearly prime examples.  This is not to say that such agreements do not need to be examined in their context — they still do, but it would be fallacious to suggest that there is any great controversy and uncertainty in other jurisdictions as to whether they amount to cartel conduct between competitors to be condemned by competition law.

112.  Mr Chim relied on, inter alia, AG Wahl’s opinion in Cartes Bancaires and suggested that where the undertakings concerned hold only a tiny share of the market, a horizontal price‑fixing agreement amongst them may not be highly harmful for competition.  He appeared to suggest that the same observation would apply to all established hard‑core restrictions, including market sharing agreements.  In reaching its judgment in Cartes Bancaires, however, the CJEU did not endorse or give effect to that opinion.  Furthermore, in the EU, the Notice on agreements of minor importance which do not appreciably restrict competition under Article 101(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (2014/C 291/01), which covers situations where the aggregate market share held by the parties to the agreement does not exceed 10%, expressly does not cover agreements which have as their object the prevention, restriction or distortion of competition within the internal market;[14] see Case C‑226/11 Expedia Inc v Autorité de la concurrence and Others, §§35‑38.  It is therefore clear that EU law has recognized that hard-core infringements are problematic even if the parties only have an aggregate market share of less than 10%.

113.  Counsel further relied on Case C‑32/11 Allianz Hungária Biztosító Zrt and Others v Gazdasági Versenyhivatal where the CJEU’s judgment stated at §48 that the court should “in particular take into consideration the structure of that market, the existence of alternative distribution channels and their respective importance and the market power of the companies concerned”, and argued that there should be a detailed analysis in the present case that took into account, inter alia, the market power of the respondents.  That was a case where car insurers entered into arrangements with car dealers on the rates payable by insurers for repairs to insured vehicles.  Since the car dealers also acted as insurance brokers for the insurers, however, the dual nature of the arrangements could have effects injurious to competition on the car insurance market, particularly given that Hungarian domestic law required such brokers to be independent from the insurance companies.  It is for the purpose of determining the likelihood of damage by the repairs arrangements to competition in the car insurance market that the CJEU made the statement in terms of §48 of the judgment quoted above. As AG Wathelet demonstrated in his opinion in Toshiba Corporation v Commission at §§84‑85, subsequent case‑law has confirmed “the specific and isolated nature of the judgment in Allianz Hungária Biztosító” and that those elements of assessment referred to in §48 of that judgment were “specific to that case and cannot be applied generally without giving rise to confusion between restrictions by object and restrictions by effect”.  Similarly, it has been commented in Whish & Bailey, Competition Law (9th ed), p 130, that “the analysis suggested by [the CJEU in Allianz] seems to risk improperly intermingling object and effect analysis”; see also §51 of the opinion of AG Wahl in Cartes Bancaires.  It has also been noted that the EU courts have not repeated that particular formulation in Allianz in subsequent cases: Bellamy & Child, European Union Law of Competition (8th ed), §2.151.

114.  A further submission made, relying on academic writings,[15] was that once there is a plausible pro‑efficiency justification advanced for an impugned agreement, it should not be characterised as a restriction of competition by object and should only be condemned if found to be restrictive of competition after a full effects analysis.  This approach, as acknowledged by Mr Chim, is demonstrably contrary to that hitherto adopted and consistently applied by the EU and UK courts. 

115.  In Case C‑209/07 Competition Authority v Beef Industry Development Society Ltd, which concerned the Irish beef processing industry (for slaughter and de‑boning of meat), studies carried out at the instance of the Irish Government and the industry concluded that it was necessary to reduce the number of beef processors.  Pursuant to these conclusions, 10 principal processors formed a society to devise a scheme that involved reduction in processing capacity of about 25% and compensation to be paid by the undertakings which were to remain in the sector to those forced to withdraw.  The Irish courts found that there was overcapacity in the industry for the processing of beef at 32%, and that this excess capacity would have very serious consequences for the profitability of the industry as a whole and would over time lead to very significant losses and ultimately to processors and plants leaving the industry.  On a reference by the Irish Supreme Court to the CJEU, it was argued that the purpose of the arrangements was not adversely to affect competition or the welfare of consumers, but to rationalise the beef industry in order to make it more competitive by reducing, though not eliminating, production overcapacity.  It was also argued that price increases would be ruled out on account of the economies of scale achieved through higher concentration and on account of the power on the purchasing side of the market. Nevertheless, the CJEU disagreed and held (at §21):

“ In fact, to determine whether an agreement comes within the prohibition laid down in Article 81(1) EC, close regard must be paid to the wording of its provisions and to the objectives which it is intended to attain. In that regard, even supposing it to be established that the parties to an agreement acted without any subjective intention of restricting competition, but with the object of remedying the effects of a crisis in their sector, such considerations are irrelevant for the purposes of applying that provision. Indeed, an agreement may be regarded as having a restrictive object even if it does not have the restriction of competition as its sole aim but also pursues other legitimate objectives (General Motorsv Commission, paragraph 64 and the case‑law cited). It is only in connection with Article 81(3) EC that matters such as those relied upon by BIDS may, if appropriate, be taken into consideration for the purposes of obtaining an exemption from the prohibition laid down in Article 81(1) EC.”

116.  That an agreement may be held to have an anti‑competitive object even if it also pursues other, legitimate objectives is, of course, expressly recognised in s 7(1) of the Ordinance. 

117.  The CJEU stated further in the Beef Industry case:

“ 33. The BIDS arrangements are intended therefore, essentially, to enable several undertakings to implement a common policy which has as its object the encouragement of some of them to withdraw from the market and the reduction, as a consequence, of the overcapacity which affects their profitability by preventing them from achieving economies of scale.

34.   That type of arrangement conflicts patently with the concept inherent in the EC Treaty provisions relating to competition, according to which each economic operator must determine independently the policy which it intends to adopt on the common market.  Article 81(1) EC is intended to prohibit any form of coordination which deliberately substitutes practical cooperation between undertakings for the risks of competition.”

118.  As stated in Bellamy & Child, European Union Law of Competition (8th ed, 2018), §3‑012:

“ The General Court has held [in Case T‑65/98 Van den Bergh Foods v Commission [2003] ECR II‑4653][16] that it is only within the specific framework of Article 101(3)[17] that the pro‑ and anti‑competitive aspects of a restriction of competition may be weighed. Article 101(3) would lose much of its effectiveness if such an examination had already to be carried out under Article 101(1).”

See also Case C‑382/129 Mastercard Inc v Commission, §§180‑181.

119.  This is also the approach adopted by the Competition Appeal Tribunal in the UK.  As stated by the Tribunal in Generics (UK) Ltd & Others v Competition and Markets Authority [2018] CAT 4, at §308:

“ … in our judgment, if an agreement by its nature materially distorts the structure of the market by impeding actual or potential competition, the fact that the distorted structure brings certain advantages or benefits, including some limited competitive benefit, does not preclude a finding that the agreement, viewed overall, has an anti-competitive object. Any benefits which result are, in our view, then to be taken into account when considering the question of individual exemption under sect 9 CA or Art 101(3). We note that this is consistent with the statement of the General Court in Lundbeck, at para 498:

‘ The anticompetitive object of those agreements being sufficiently established – since they amount to agreements excluding potential competitors from the market in exchange for payment – even if they might also have benefited competition and consumers, those effects must be demonstrated by the applicants and examined in the light of Article 101(3) TFEU … and not evaluated by the Commission in the context of the first paragraph of that article….’ ”

120.  Likewise, in Ping Europe Ltd v Competition and Markets Authority [2018] CAT 13 at §104, the Competition Appeal Tribunal stated:

“ We do not accept Ping’s submission that the presence or absence of a ‘plausibly pro‑competitive rationale’ is the key to identifying an infringement by object. This submission simply does not reflect the law as stated by the Court of Justice in Cartes Bancaires. … Further, this approach cannot be reconciled with the Court of Justice’s judgment in Case C‑209/07 Competition Authority v Beef Industry Development Society Ltd EU:C:2008:643 …”

121.  I am not persuaded that this Tribunal should travel down “the road not taken” as suggested by Mr Chim, which, as the Commission submitted, will act against the wealth of jurisprudence which the legislature saw immense value in and which informs the approach to the first conduct rule.

F2.   Whether the Floor Allocation Arrangement was a restriction by object

122.  It is plain that the terms of the Floor Allocation Arrangement, to which the respondents were all parties as found above, directly prevented competition between the respondents altogether.  The flats in the 3 buildings, for which each respondent was entitled to solicit decoration business but for the agreement, were carved up by the floors, with each floor allocated to one and only one respondent.  The aim of the agreement was evidently to prevent competition.

123.  As regards the intentions of the respondents themselves, having regard to the analysis of the evidence above, there is no credible evidence that the agreement was entered into in order to pursue the alleged efficiencies.  Nor is there any credible evidence that it was entered into in order to “counter the cost disadvantage the Appointed DCs were faced with vis‑a‑vis the outside contractors” as asserted in economists’ language in the respondents’ supplemental witness statements (quoted in §52 above).  Had the respondents allocated floors with the object of achieving efficiencies, consecutive floors within a single building should have been allocated to each respondent as far as possible.  This would not only avoid the need for workers to move between buildings and between floors served by different lifts, but would also facilitate the use of the stairs for vertical travel.  The evidence is not consistent as to which floors were preferred by the Appointed DCs: there was a suggestion that they preferred the highest floors because the lifts were likely to be less crowded there; but Chim Lap Fan (R2) also said contractors preferred the lowest floors because it took less time to wait for the lifts there, though he later said what he meant was it was easier for the workers to walk down to the ground floor during lunchtime; a yet further suggestion from Chan Yiu Kwai (R6) was that the first few floors were not desirable because there were more elderly tenants there who were reluctant to spend money on decoration.  Whatever the precise preferences might have been, the actual pattern of allocation reveals that the respondents’ concern was equality and fairness among themselves rather than efficiencies.

124.  As submitted by the Commission, market sharing arrangements eliminate or reduce competition in respect of the aspect of the market being shared.  It is a particularly pernicious form of anti‑competitive conduct: it removes or reduces choice for customers and insulates the suppliers from the dynamic effects of rivalry between themselves.

125.  The serious nature of the distortion of competition by a market allocation arrangement has been recognised in the Ordinance by classifying such conduct (amongst others) as “serious anti‑competitive conduct”, with the result that (i) the exemption for agreements of lesser significance in s 5(1) of Schedule 1 is inapplicable; (ii) the requirement under s 82 for the Commission to issue a warning notice before bringing enforcement proceedings does not apply; and (iii) the Commission may, instead of bringing proceedings in the Tribunal in the first instance, issue an infringement notice to the person concerned under s 67 of the Ordinance.

126.  The respondents have placed great store on the fact that out of 2,582 flats in the 3 buildings, they together secured contracts for “only” 867 flats.  They have also argued that the outside contractors imposed such an effective competitive constraint upon the respondents that their agreement among themselves did not reveal a sufficient degree of harm to competition.

127.  There are several points to observe in this connection.  First, the respondents clearly took more than 33.58%[18] of the tenants that engaged decoration contractors, since there were tenants who moved in without decoration or decorated by themselves, friends or relatives.  The precise percentage cannot be ascertained but given the level of finish in the flats upon completion (with kitchen and bathroom tiling, painted walls etc) it was entirely possible for some of the tenants, who by HKHA’s rules must be from the low‑income end of the population, to move in without decoration or with minimal works that could be carried out by themselves or friends or relatives. 

128.  There is limited contemporaneous evidence in the decoration contractors appraisal returns.  One form recorded nil outside contractors as at 31 October 2016.  That figure has been justifiably attacked by the respondents as likely to be inaccurate due to under‑reporting of the engagement of outside contractors, though it does throw doubt on whether their presence was anywhere near as prevalent as has been asserted on behalf of the respondents.  What that form did clearly suggest, however, was that there was a significant degree of reported self‑decoration (542 flats). Notwithstanding this, for present purposes I am prepared to assume in favour of the respondents that outside contractors worked on around 55% of all flats (using the average of the range of 50% to 60% estimated by Chan Yiu Kwai (R6) even though in reality it might have been much lower), which would mean that the respondents, as Appointed DCs, had an aggregate 38% share by number of tenants who engaged decoration contractors in Phase 1 of On Tat Estate.

129.  Secondly, the evidence has demonstrated that, as Appointed DCs, the respondents enjoyed clear advantages over outside contractors in attracting the patronage of the tenants:

(1)   The fact that a contractor was an Appointed DC signified to potential customers that it met the admission criteria set by HKHA. The appointment would be perceived to carry with it the endorsement of HKHA. Indeed, some respondents’ business cards suggested they were HKHA’s or Housing Department’s “recommended” decoration contractors (eg the words 「安達邨(第一期)房屋署推薦裝修承辦商」 (Decoration contractor recommended by HKHA/Housing Department in On Tat Estate (Phase 1)) were printed on Tai Wah (R7)’s name cards).

(2)   Appointed DCs shared the use of the Site Office which was located conveniently and prominently within the Estate.  This functioned in effect as an information centre for tenants interested in decoration, a base for soliciting business, a convenient place for negotiating and concluding contracts where samples and photographs could be shown and drawings made, and an easy point of contact during the progress of the works.  The Appointed DCs enjoyed a first‑mover advantage because tenants would be likely to make contact and enquiries with them before approaching or being approached by outside contractors.

(3)   The staff of Appointed DCs was issued identification tags.  Other contractors were not allowed to tout for decoration business within the precincts of the Estate.  If outside contractors were seen touting business in the Estate, they would be sent off by the management staff or security guards.

(4)   Appointed DCs’ performance was monitored by HKHA with regulatory consequences and potential sanctions.  The respondents themselves highlighted in the Flyer that they were on HKHA’s list and subject to HKHA’s regulation and that complaints about unsatisfactory workmanship or services could be made to the relevant authorities.  Their own emphasis on this is a strong indication that it mattered to the tenants.

(5)   Appointed DCs must include as part of their contracts with customers the standard terms stipulated by HKHA which afforded additional protection to customers, including the requirement to complete the works within one month and the 6‑month free warranty.  This would undoubtedly be an attraction to the tenants.

(6)   Tenants had the comfort of the knowledge that the directors, sole proprietors and partners of Appointed DCs had been checked by the Police to confirm the absence of triad connections.

(7)   Additional registration procedures would be required if tenants were to engage outside decoration contractors, which might be considered a burden by some tenants.

130.  The benefit of being an Appointed DC is also demonstrated by the respondents’ evidence that the status was something contractors “treasured” very much and that the sanction of removal from the DC System was perceived to be a real threat and penalty.

131.  The respondents argued that as Appointed DCs they had to incur additional expenditure, which amounted to a cost disadvantage compared to outside contractors.  Leaving aside the cost of the surety bond which would apparently be returned if the duties of the Appointed DCs were duly performed, the other costs for each respondent such as the rent for the Site Office ($3,000 per month for 5 months), the cost of setting up the Site Office ($18,000 to $20,000), air‑conditioning units ($2,400), signage at the entrance ($600), and the premium for the contractors all risks policy ($5,000) together amounted to $43,000 which is between 0.8% and 3.3% of each respondent’s revenues at On Tat Estate (Phase 1).  For 8 out of the 10 respondents, this cost is less than 1.5% of revenues earned.  This “cost disadvantage” is clearly outweighed by the attractions of being an Appointed DC.

132.  The proof of the pudding is in the eating.  It is significant that there was a “market price” of $200,000 for “sub‑letting” the Licence and that each of the two “sub‑contractors” in this case (for W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) respectively) chose to take it up and pay $200,000 in addition to the various costs which they could otherwise avoid, even though there was nothing to prevent them from operating as an outside contractor to obtain business from tenants in the Estate.  This underscores the immense value in being an Appointed DC as opposed to being an outside contractor, as WC Wong (R1) accepted in the following exchanges during cross‑examination:

“ Q. Mr Wong, you had a big incentive to enter into a floor allocation agreement because you had spent HK$200,000, you had given to W Hing with a view to being able to work in their name, hadn’t you?

A. Yes.

Q. So that was money you needed to recover and you needed to be able to charge prices that covered those costs. That’s correct, isn’t it?

A. Yes.

Q. And the reason you paid W Hing that money is because you know that being an appointed decorating contractor is valuable on a public housing estate. That’s correct, isn’t it?

A. Correct.

Q. And the reason why it’s valuable is because, as an appointed decorator, the tenants would trust you because you were appointed and approved by the Housing Authority. That’s correct, isn’t it?

A. Correct.

Q. And the Housing Authority had just given these people the flats, and so they trusted the Housing Authority and the appointments that they made, didn’t they?

A. Correct.

Q. And your staff would wear Housing Authority‑approved decorating contractor badges in the name of “W Hing”, wouldn’t they?

A. Correct.

Q. And that meant that the security staff on the estate would recognise them and permit them to operate on the estate?

A. Correct.

Q. And you had an office on the site that the Housing Authority had permitted, a shared office, so you were nearby and tenants could access you easily; that’s correct?

A. Correct.

Q. And that meant you had a much better position to win business than people who were not approved decorating contractors, didn’t it?

A. Correct.

Q. That is why you didn’t want to be an outside contractor, you wanted to work with W Hing and be part of W Hing as an appointed decorating contractor. That’s correct, isn’t it?

   A.    Correct.”

133.  On the available evidence, it is plain that the respondents would be the closest competitors of one another, as accepted by some of the respondents’ witnesses.  The Floor Allocation Arrangement, by its very nature, had as its object precisely the elimination of such competition.  The tenants were deprived of the benefit from competition between Appointed DCs to offer better prices, products or services. 

134.  While the outside contractors competed with the respondents in broad terms, they were in reality not considered by the respondents themselves to be their closest competitors.  It cannot be assumed that simply because the outside contractors took 55% and the respondents 38% of the flats that engaged contractors, the outside contractors possessed market power and the respondents lacked it.  No detailed and rigorous analysis of the market and market power has been conducted in the present case, taking into account, for example, capacity constraints and product differentiation.  In the absence of a proper definition of the relevant market, crude “market shares” do not provide a good proxy of market power: British Telecommunications plc v Offers of Communications (Market Definition) [2017] CAT 25, §157.  After all, the 10 respondents were able among themselves to secure 867 of the flats even when faced with competition from, on their own case, “hundreds” of outside contractors.  In my opinion, the presence of outside contractors in this case does not exonerate the respondents’ collusion from being seriously injurious to the proper functioning of normal competition.

135.  There is little doubt that market sharing agreements are generally regarded in EU law as restrictions of competition by object.  In Case C‑373/14P Toshiba Corporation v Commission, decided after Cartes Bancaires, the CJEU stated:

“ 28. Thus, the Court has already held that market‑sharing agreements constitute particularly serious breaches of the competition rules (see, to that effect, judgments in Solvay Solexis v European Commission (C‑449/11 P) EU:C:2013:802 at [82], and YKK Corp v European Commission (C‑408/12 P) EU:C:2014:2153; [2014] 5 C.M.L.R. 26 at [26]). The Court has also held that agreements which aim to share markets have, in themselves, an object restrictive of competition and fall within a category of agreements expressly prohibited by art.101(1) TFEU, and that such an object cannot be justified by an analysis of the economic context of the anti‑competitive conduct concerned (judgment in Siemens AG v EuropeanCommission (C‑239/11 P, C‑489/11 P and C‑498/11 P) EU:C:2013:866; [2014] 4 C.M.L.R. 18 at [218]).

29. In respect of such agreements, the analysis of the economic and legal context of which the practice forms part may thus be limited to what is strictly necessary in order to establish the existence of a restriction of competition by object.”

136.  It follows from the above analysis that the Floor Allocation Arrangement is properly to be characterised as an agreement that restricted competition by reason of its very object within the meaning of the first conduct rule.

F3.   Whether the Package Price Arrangement was a restriction by object

137.  An agreement between competing suppliers to fix prices is of course a prime example of cartel conduct, and is generally considered in EU law as an agreement constituting, by its very nature, a restriction on competition by object: see eg Bellamy & Child, European Union Law of Competition (8th ed, 2018), §5.041.  Price‑fixing is also classified within “serious anti‑competitive conduct” in the Ordinance: see §36 above.

138.  By adopting the Flyer with the Package Prices, the respondents had plainly “made” an agreement to fix prices, even though their own evidence would suggest significant differences in unit costs.  Arguments that the Flyer was not frequently used in practice may concern whether the agreement was “given effect to” and may raise grounds for mitigation but do not negative a contravention of the first conduct rule which prohibits undertakings from making or giving effect to anti‑competitive agreements.

139.  In any event, the evidence shows that the Package Prices were reached by many respondents as the final contract prices in a number of transactions (see section E2 above).  For tenants who did not bargain and simply agreed to pay the Flyer prices, the collusion among the respondents removed the benefit of price competition.  An analysis by Dr Helen Jenkins (the Commission’s economics expert) of the respondents’ work orders for Chun Tat House showed that for the 10 identified work orders that consisted exactly of one of the Packages, the contract prices were indeed very close to the Flyer prices, and that the Package Prices did indeed serve as an anchor influencing the final prices charged to tenants.  Dr Pang agreed that, at least in theory, the Flyer prices had the potential to influence final prices for tenants that ordered the Packages, although she emphasised that very few tenants ordered them without any modifications or add‑on items and that therefore the Flyer prices might have had a limited impact on the final prices offered to the tenants.

140.  Even where the contract works varied from the Packages, the Flyer nevertheless acted as a starting or reference point for the negotiations, particularly since the Packages comprised basic items desired by many customers.  An analysis by Dr Pang of the 233 work orders of the respondents for Chun Tat House showed that almost all of them (230) included at least one Package item and around 59% contained the same 10 Package items as printed on the Flyer.  Although 192 included at least one “add‑on” item and for those that included some of the Package items there might be modifications to the details, this does not detract from the respondents’ evidence and indeed their pleaded case[19] that the Flyer provided “reference” prices.  The inescapable conclusion is that a very significant proportion of all 867 tenants had been affected by the reference point set by the price fixing agreement, even if they had ordered modifications or additions to the Packages.

141.  As Dr Jenkins explained, the use of common flyer prices among the respondents has the potential to raise final transaction prices by influencing tenants’ understanding of what the costs of and the prices should “within reason” be for decorative work items.  Where consumers do not have complete information about producers’ costs, high list prices may signal to consumers that costs of operations are high, which has the potential to weaken consumers’ negotiation position and make them more willing to accept higher prices.  The list prices may also serve as focal points by influencing buyers’ reference points or anchoring points before negotiation.

142.  In any event, as the Commission submitted, it is generally regarded as unnecessary for proof of an infringement of competition law to show that the price‑fixing agreement has any influence on the actual selling price achieved.  The reasons for this are twofold. 

143.  First, the agreed prices, even if they are only list prices subject to negotiations with the customers, may well serve as a starting point or an anchor for such negotiations.  As a matter of common sense, the starting point will often affect the end point.  Coordination of the list prices has therefore the potential of influencing the final transaction prices: Joined Cases T‑379&381/10Keramag Keramische Werke and Others v Commission, §§53‑59; Case T‑588/08 Dole Food Co Inc v European Commission, §551.  This is also consistent with the approach taken by the United States Court of Appeal (9th Circuit) in Plymouth Dealers’ Association of Northern California v United States 279 F 2d 128 (9th Circuit, 1960) at 132 (footnotes omitted):

“ The test is not what the actual effect is on prices, but whether such agreements interfere with ‘the freedom of traders and thereby restrain their ability to sell in accordance with their own judgement’… The competition between the Plymouth dealers and the fact that the dealers used the fixed uniform list price in most instances only as a starting point, is of no consequence. It was an agreed starting point; it had been agreed upon between competitors; it was in some instances in the record respected and followed; it had to do with, and had its effect upon, price.”

144.  Secondly, agreement on list prices also allows members of the cartel to foresee with a reasonable degree of certainty what pricing policy will be pursued by their competitors: Case T‑410/03 Hoechst GmbH v Commission of the European Communities, §349; Case 8/72 Vereeniging van Cementhandelaren v Commission, §21.

145.  Apart from trying to distance themselves from the Flyer and to minimise its significance and utility, the respondents have given no credible evidence of any legitimate objectives served by the Package Price Arrangement.  The experts are agreed that it was simply a supportive mechanism for the Floor Allocation Arrangement.  As explained in Dr Pang’s report, if the respondents had used their own individual flyers with different prices, they would not be able to maintain the Floor Allocation Arrangement.

146.  It is therefore plain that the Package Price Arrangement constituted an agreement among the respondents that had the object of restricting competition in On Tat Estate (Phase 1).

G.   THE EFFICIENCY DEFENCE

G1.   Overview

147.  Whilst the respondents have all denied being party to the Floor Allocation Arrangement or the Package Price Arrangement, a number of them have contended that, in the event the Tribunal finds these arrangements established, they should not be held liable for contravening the first conduct rule because the arrangements were economically efficient within the scope of s 1 of Schedule 1 to the Ordinance.  This defence is pleaded in the joint Response of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents and in the separate Response of the 5th respondent.  However, the 4th respondent has since abandoned reliance on any efficiency defence in circumstances referred to in this Tribunal’s Reasons for Decision dated 31 October 2018.[20]  References herein to the respondents who rely on this defence should accordingly be understood as references to the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents, though for convenience I shall simply refer to them as the respondents in this section.

148.  Following EU and UK law, the Ordinance also provides for an “efficiency defence”.  In the EU, this defence appears in Art 101(3) of the TFEU, which provides:

“ The provisions of paragraph 1 may, however, be declared inapplicable in the case of:

- any agreement or category of agreements between undertakings,

- any decision or category of decisions by associations of undertakings,

- any concerted practice or category of concerted practices,

which contributes to improving the production or distribution of goods or to promoting technical or economic progress, while allowing consumers a fair share of the resulting benefit, and which does not:

(a) impose on the undertakings concerned restrictions which are not indispensable to the attainment of these objectives;

(b) afford such undertakings the possibility of eliminating competition in respect of a substantial part of the products in question.”

149.  A similar defence exists in UK law under s 9(1) of the Competition Act 1998 which provides that an agreement is “exempt from the Chapter I prohibition” if it satisfies certain conditions, which are very similarly worded to Art 101(3).

150.  In the Ordinance, the defence is found in s 30 of and Schedule 1 to the Ordinance.  Section 30 provides:

“ The conduct rules do not apply in any of the cases in which they are excluded by or as a result of Schedule 1.”

151.  Schedule 1 contains a number of exclusions on different grounds.  Sections 1, 2(1), 3, 4(1) and 5 are relevant to the first conduct rule.  Section 1 concerns agreements enhancing overall economic efficiency; s 2(1) excludes agreements made for the purpose of complying with a legal requirement; s 3 concerns undertakings entrusted by the Government with services of general economic interest; s 4(1) excludes agreements resulting in a merger; and s 5 concerns agreements between undertakings with a combined turnover of no more than $200 million that does not involve serious anti‑competitive conduct.  Only s 1 has been relied on by the respondents in this case.

152.  Section 1 of Schedule 1 to the Ordinance, which is evidently modelled on Art 101(3) of the TFEU, provides:

“ The first conduct rule does not apply to any agreement that—

(a) contributes to—

(i) improving production or distribution; or

(ii) promoting technical or economic progress,

while allowing consumers a fair share of the resulting benefit;

(b) does not impose on the undertakings concerned restrictions that are not indispensable to the attainment of the objectives stated in paragraph (a); and

(c) does not afford the undertakings concerned the possibility of eliminating competition in respect of a substantial part of the goods or services in question.”

153.  It is common ground that this provision consists of four conditions which are cumulative so that each condition must be satisfied if the exclusion is to apply, namely, in broad terms:

(1)   the agreement generates efficiencies;

(2)   it allows consumers a fair share of the resulting benefit;

(3)   it does not impose restrictions that are not indispensable to the attainment of the objectives; and

(4)   it does not afford the undertakings concerned the possibility of eliminating competition.

154.  By virtue of s 9(1)(a), an undertaking may apply to the Commission for a decision as to whether an agreement or proposed agreement is excluded from the first conduct rule as a result of Schedule 1.  Sections 10‑14 provide for the machinery for the making and rescission of such decisions and their effect.  Section 34 requires such decisions to be published on a register kept by the Commission.  These decisions may be reviewed by this Tribunal on application under s 84 as “reviewable determinations”.  Sections 15‑20 make provisions for the Commission to issue a block exemption order where a particular category of agreement is found to be excluded from the first conduct rule as a result of s 1 of Schedule 1.

155.  The Commission does not dispute that an agreement may benefit from the efficiency defence even if it would otherwise infringe the first conduct rule by object, and even if it takes a form that falls within the meaning of “serious anti‑competitive conduct” as defined in s 2(1).  The Commission submits, however, that a “hardcore” restriction of competition, such as market allocation or price fixing, would be unlikely to fulfil the conditions of the defence, as observed by the EU Commission in §46 of its Guidelines on the application of Article 81(3) (2004/C 101/08) (“Article 101(3) Guidelines”); see also Bellamy & Child, European Union Law of Competition (8th ed) §5.063 & §5.080 and the Commission’s Guideline on the First Conduct Rule, §4.4.

G2.   Burden and standard of proof

G2a.   The parties’ positions

156.  The Commission’s position is that if a respondent seeks to rely on the exclusion from the first conduct rule provided for in Schedule 1 to the Ordinance, it is for the respondent to make out its case in that regard.  Insofar as s 1 of Schedule 1 is concerned, the Commission contends that the burden lies on the respondents to show on the balance of probabilities that the four conditions are fulfilled.

157.  In contrast, the respondents (with the 5th respondent taking the lead on this point) contend that the entire burden in relation to s 1 of Schedule 1 lies on the Commission as a matter of construction of the Ordinance; alternatively, if the burden is placed by the statute on the respondents, then it unjustifiably derogates from the presumption of innocence enshrined in Art 11(1) of the Hong Kong Bill of Rights[21] and should be read down as merely imposing an evidential burden on the respondents.

158.  The issues raised may be divided as follows:

(1)   as a matter of construction, who has the burden of showing that the conditions in s 1 of Schedule 1 are met;

(2)   if the burden is placed on the respondents, is the presumption of innocence engaged;

(3)   if so, is the derogation from the presumption of innocence justified on the proportionality analysis, which involves the following 4 questions (see Hysan Development Co Ltd v Town Planning Board (2016) 19 HKCFAR 372, §§134‑135; HKSAR v Choi Wai Lun[2018] HKCFA 18; (2018) 21 HKCFAR 167, §68):

(a)   does the measure pursue a legitimate aim;

(b)   if so, is it rationally connected with advancing that aim;

(c)   whether the measure is no more than necessary for that purpose; and

(d)   whether a reasonable balance has been struck between the societal benefits promoted and the inroads made into the protected rights, asking in particular whether pursuit of the societal interest results in an unacceptably harsh burden on the individual.

G2b.   The EU and UK position

159.  It is convenient to refer to the EU and UK positions before turning to the arguments.  As regards burden and standard of proof, the position in the EU is that it is for the party claiming the benefit of Art 101(3) to demonstrate by means of “convincing arguments and evidence” that Art 101(3) applies to an agreement: Bellamy & Child, European Union Law of Competition (8th ed), §§3.014‑3.015. Art 2 of Regulation 1/2003 of the European Council provides:

“ In any national or Community proceedings for the application of Articles 81 and 82 of the Treaty, the burden of proving an infringement of Article 81(1) or of Article 82 of the Treaty shall rest on the party or the authority alleging the infringement. The undertaking or association of undertakings claiming the benefit of Article 81(3) of the Treaty shall bear the burden of proving that the conditions of that paragraph are fulfilled.”

160.  It is of note that Regulation 1/2003 makes this express allocation of burden of proof even though, in line with respect for national procedural autonomy, the Regulation is largely silent on procedural matters to be observed by national competition authorities and national courts of the Member States of the EU.[22]

161.  In the domestic regime of the UK, the undertaking which raises the defence has to show on a balance of probabilities that the requirements of Art 101(3) have been satisfied: Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Ltd v Mastercard Inc [2018] EWCA Civ 1536, §§77‑81.  In particular, “robust analysis and cogent evidence would be required to establish, on the balance of probabilities, that the restrictive agreement in fact and in the real world (as opposed to in theory) gives rise to procompetitive effects” (at §79).

162.  Prior to Regulation 1/2003, Art 101(3) was not directly applicable as a defence.  Applications had to be made by undertakings concerned to the EU Commission for exemption under Art 101(3) (then Art 81(3)).  The burden of proof was the same under settled case law before Regulation 1/2003: Unilever Bestfoods (Ireland) Ltd v Commission, Case C‑552/03P, at §§102‑103; GlaxoSmithKline Services v Commission, Joined Cases C‑501/06P, C‑513/06P, C‑515/06P and C‑519/06P, at §§82‑83; Remia BV v Commission, Case 42/84, at §45.  A person who relies on that provision must demonstrate, by means of convincing arguments and evidence, that the conditions for obtaining an exemption are satisfied.  The position was the same under the UK system prior to Regulation 1/2003: The Racecourse Association v Office of Fair Trading [2005] CAT 29, §134.

163.  The respondents submit that this Tribunal should not follow EU jurisprudence on the question of burden of proof because it has not engaged with the fundamental protection afforded by the presumption of innocence which is applicable in Hong Kong.  It is said that the European Convention on Human Rights does not apply directly in the application of the TFEU, and that the question is therefore not engaged.  But this argument is flawed because following the adoption of the European Charter of Fundamental Rights, the EU courts and institutions are required to apply the Charter provisions with the same legal force as obligations under the founding EU Treaties.[23] In particular, Art 48(1) of the Charter makes provision for the presumption of innocence.[24]  Even before the formal adoption of the Charter, when Regulation 1/2003 was promulgated the Charter had already been solemnly proclaimed by the European Parliament, Council and Commission in 2000.  Recital (37) of Regulation 1/2003 specifically states:

“ This Regulation respects the fundamental rights and observes the principles recognised in particular by the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union. Accordingly, this Regulation should be interpreted and applied with respect to those rights and principles.”

164.  It was also submitted that the burden of proof under the previous system where the undertaking concerned had to apply to the EU Commission for exemption had simply, without sufficient consideration, been carried over to the regime under Regulation 1/2003.  This suggestion cannot be accepted as it ignores Recital (5) of the Regulation, which states:

“ In order to ensure an effective enforcement of the Community competition rules and at the same time the respect of fundamental rights of defence, this Regulation should regulate the burden of proof under Articles 81 and 82 of the Treaty. …”

165.  The implications of human rights provisions in the context of burden of proof under Art 101(3) were considered by the UK Competition Appeal Tribunal in Ping Europe Ltd v Competition and Markets Authority [2018] CAT 13, at §§107‑108.  There the undertaking accepted that it bore the burden of proving that the impugned restriction was exempted under Art 101(3), but argued that the Competition and Markets Authority had to prove that less intrusive measures could have been used without compromising the objective (ie the indispensability condition under Art 101(3)).  The Tribunal, having expressly taken account of the presumption of innocence enshrined in Art 6(2) of the European Convention on Human Rights, held that the Authority only had an evidential burden to show there were alternative measures available, and that the undertaking had the burden of proving that the restriction was necessary and, as part of that exercise, of rebutting the Authority’s case as to possible alternatives.

166.  The considered policy and prevailing experience in the EU and UK is that the imposition of the burden of proof on a balance of probabilities on those who rely on Art 101(3) has not been found to be incompatible with, or in any sense an unjustified derogation from, the presumption of innocence enshrined in Art 6(2) of the European Convention on Human Rights or Art 48(1) of the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the EU.

G2c.   Construction of the Ordinance

167.  As the Court of Final Appeal stated in HKSAR v Lam Kwong Wai & Anor (2006) 9 HKCFAR 574 at §29 and HKSAR v Ng Po On (2008) 11 HKCFAR 91 at §30, the first step in the requisite analysis is to ascertain, by applying common law principles of construction as supplemented by any relevant statutory provisions, whether the statute imposes a persuasive burden of proof on the respondent.

168.  The structure of the Ordinance is as follows.  Part 2 makes provisions on the conduct rules.  Within Part 2, Division 1 relates to the first conduct rule which is contained in s 6.  Division 2 relates to the second conduct rule which is set out in s 21.  The conduct rules as enacted are of general application, but Division 3 sets out exclusions and exemptions from them.  In particular, s 30 provides that the conduct rules “do not apply in any of the cases in which they are excluded by or as a result of Schedule 1”. In this regard, the various expressions used in different jurisdictions, viz. “may be declared inapplicable” (in Art 101(3)), “exempt from the Chapter I prohibition” (in s 9(1) of the UK Act) and “does not apply” (in Schedule 1 to the Ordinance), in my view, merely represent different drafting styles without substantial divergence in meaning.

169.  While criminal case‑law such as R v Edwards [1975] QB 27 and criminal statutes such as s 94A of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance (Cap 221) (discussed in Ng Po On at §§33‑34) may not be directly and fully applicable to these proceedings, applying analogous principles of construction and having regard to the structure and language of the relevant provisions, it seems to me to be the legislative intention that in proceedings brought by the Commission to enforce the first conduct rule, it is for the Commission to prove the elements of the alleged contravention, but not to prove the absence of an applicable exclusion.  Though called an “exclusion” rather than “exception” or “exemption”, s 1 of Schedule 1 serves to identify a specific situation in which the commission of a generally prohibited act is rendered not unlawful.  The first conduct rule is contravened by any agreement that has as its object or effect the prevention, restriction or distortion of competition in Hong Kong.  The burden of the charge is restriction of competition, though the legislature has seen fit not to condemn agreements which restrict competition provided they promote efficiencies in the way prescribed by s 1 of Schedule 1. 

170.  It is of note that besides s 30, the Ordinance by virtue of s 9 also allows for the application for a decision from the Commission on whether or not an exclusion under Schedule 1 applies.  Section 9 provides:

“ (1) An undertaking that has made or given effect to, is giving effect to or is proposing to make or give effect to an agreement may apply to the Commission for a decision as to whether or not the agreement is—

(a) excluded from the application of the first conduct rule by or as a result of Schedule 1;

…

(2) The Commission is only required to consider an application under this section if—

(a) the application poses novel or unresolved questions of wider importance or public interest in relation to the application of exclusions or exemptions under this Ordinance;

(b) the application raises a question of an exclusion or exemption under this Ordinance for which there is no clarification in existing case law or decisions of the Commission; and

(c) it is possible to make a decision on the basis of the information provided.

…”

171.  The Commission is in my view correct in submitting that this mechanism plainly suggests that it would be for the requestor, ie the undertaking, to present cogent and compelling evidence and arguments in support of its application.  This is consistent with the pre‑2004 position in the EU where the undertaking that relied on Article 81(3) had to demonstrate that the conditions for obtaining an exemption were satisfied (see §162 above).  In The Racecourse Association & Others v Office of Fair Trading [2005] CAT 29, the UK Competition Appeal Tribunal, referring to the equivalent regime for individual exemption under the then s 4 of the Competition Act 1998, stated (at §134) that they could see no reason why the same legal burden of proof as set out in Regulation 1/2003 should not apply and that they did not understand how it could be otherwise, specifically rejecting the submission that the undertakings were only subject to an evidential burden.

172.  If, in contrast, in an enforcement action, the burden lies on the Commission to prove that the four conditions under s 1 of Schedule 1 are not satisfied, it would severely undermine the s 9 system for decision on exclusion.  As the Commission submits, it would imply that no undertaking would care to seek a decision because its obligations under s 9 would be more onerous than its position in an enforcement action where the burden would lie on the Commission.

173.  The respondents’ answer that a decision under s 9 does not involve any threat of penalty is not in point.  By virtue of s 12(1), a decision that an agreement is excluded from the first conduct rule renders the relevant undertakings immune from any action under the Ordinance with regard to that agreement, including any proceedings for pecuniary penalties.  It does not make it logical for the burden under s 9 and an enforcement action to be opposite.

174.  It is also relevant to have regard to the structure of the first conduct rule itself and, in particular, the provision for infringement “by object”, which, as explained above, dispenses with the need to carry out an effects investigation and analysis.  If in the first place the Commission, as an inherent part of its case of infringement of the first conduct rule, already has the onus of alleging and establishing that the rule has not been excluded under s 1 of Schedule 1, given the complexities of economic issues inherent in competition enforcement actions, the Commission will be forced to carry out what amounts effectively to an effects analysis even where it alleges only an infringement by object.  This, in my opinion, could not have been the legislative intention.

175.  The fact that the Ordinance does not expressly replicate Art 2 of Regulation 1/2003 cannot, in my view, be read as evincing an intention that the position on the burden of proof in Hong Kong is the opposite.  Regulation 1/2003 is not part of Art 101 which the legislature adopted as a model; it did not change the position in the EU in relation to burden of proof.  The burden was likewise on the undertaking under the previous individual exemption regime, which is similar to the individual decision regime under s 9 of the Ordinance.

176.  In making a conspicuously deliberate decision to model the Ordinance so closely upon the EU provisions and, in particular, to adopt the language of Art 101(3), the legislature in my view envisaged and intended that Hong Kong should draw from the wealth of jurisprudence in the EU and the UK with reference to Art 101(3), of which the imposition on the undertaking of the burden of proving satisfaction of Art 101(3) has long been a fundamental and integral feature.

177.  Reliance is placed by the respondents on s 8 of Schedule 7 to the Ordinance which provides:

“ (1) The merger rule does not apply to a merger if the economic efficiencies that arise or may arise from the merger outweigh the adverse effects caused by any lessening of competition in Hong Kong.

(2) In any proceedings in which it is alleged that the merger rule has been contravened by a merger, any undertaking claiming the benefit of subsection (1) has the burden of proving that the conditions of that subsection are satisfied.”

It is argued that the absence of an equivalent provision to s 8(2) shows that there is no intention on the part of the legislature for the burden to be placed on the undertaking claiming the benefit of the efficiency defence.

178.  To begin with, however, the merger regime in Schedule 7 is not a direct adoption of either the EU regime or the UK regime.  The structure of Schedule 7 which expressly contains an efficiencies exclusion from the merger rule has similarities to the Singaporean regime (s 3 of the Fourth Schedule to Singapore’s Competition Act)[25] and the Canadian regime (s 96 of Canada’s Competition Act).[26]  In Canada it has been established that under s 96 of the Competition Act, while the Commissioner of Competition has the burden of proving the anti‑competitive effects of a merger, the merging parties bear the onus of establishing all other elements of the defence, including that the efficiency gains exceed or offset the anti‑competitive effects: see Tervita Corporation & Others v Commissioner of Competition 2015 SCC 3, §122 and cases therein cited.  Furthermore, in explicitly placing the burden of proof of economic efficiencies on the undertakings concerned, s 8(2) appears to have done no more than reflect the position in the previous regime under s 7P of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Cap 106).[27]

179.   I have borne in mind the principle of legality relied on by the respondents (according to which human rights and fundamental principles of law, even where derogable, cannot be overridden except by express words or necessary implication: see A v Commissioner of Independent Commission Against Corruption (2012) 15 HKCFAR 362, §24, per Bokhary and Chan PJJ).  It is common ground that the Ordinance does not expressly impose the burden of proof on a respondent in relation to the efficiency defence.  I have also reminded myself that a necessary implication is not the same as a sensible or reasonable implication but is one that necessarily follows from the express provisions of the statute construed in their context: see R (Morgan Grenfell) v Special Commissioner of Income Tax[2003] 1 AC 563, §45.  For the reasons I have endeavoured to set out above, however, I am of the view that the Ordinance by necessary implication imposes the persuasive burden on the undertaking that claims the benefit of the efficiency defence.  It is not merely a reasonable and sensible result, but one that follows as a matter of logic from the structure and content of the statute.

180.  For these reasons, I take the view that the Ordinance is to be construed as imposing a persuasive burden on the undertakings in question to bring themselves within the exclusion in the form of the efficiency defence.

G2d.   Whether the presumption of innocence is engaged

181.  On the basis that the Ordinance places the persuasive burden on the respondents to establish the efficiency defence, is there a derogation from the presumption of innocence? 

182.  The Commission submits that the presumption is not engaged since there is no reversal of onus of proving the essential ingredients of the charge.  The argument is that the gravamen of the relevant charge is a contravention of the first conduct rule, not a contravention of the first conduct rule without efficiencies justification.  Reliance is placed on EU jurisprudence under which the balancing of efficiency gains and anti‑competitive effects is conducted exclusively within the framework of Art 101(3): Bellamy & Child, European Union Law of Competition (8th ed), §3.012; Article 101(3) Guidelines, §10.  The absence of efficiency gains, the Commission submits, is not an ingredient of the infringement as such.

183.  It is true that there are passages in earlier cases such as HKSAR v Lam Kwong Wai, at §41, and HKSAR v Hung Chan Wa (2006) 9 HKCFAR 614, at §74, which may perhaps be read as suggesting that it is relevant to characterise the “substance” of an offence, and that where the impugned provision requires the defence to negate a “critical element” of the offence, a reverse onus arises and the presumption of innocence is engaged.  The Commission also relies on R v Foye (Lee Robert) [2013] EWCA Crim 475 in which the English Court of Appeal drew a distinction between requiring a defendant to disprove an element of the offence and requiring him to establish an exception or excuse and held (at §30), agreeing with what Lord Woolf said in R v Lambert, Ali and Jordan [2002] QB 1112 at §16, that the latter was less objectionable, though the court also recognised that even where the distinction could be discerned, “it does not universally provide an answer to the question whether the reverse onus provision is justified and that further enquiry into justification is needed”.

184.  The difficulty with the Commission’s argument, however, is that it seems to me to run counter to the approach that has been adopted by the Court of Final Appeal in subsequent cases, which recognises the presumption of innocence as being engaged whenever a persuasive burden is placed on the defendant to prove “an ultimate fact which is necessary to the determination of his guilt or innocence”: Ng Po On, §38.  In that case, Ribeiro PJ said at §39 (footnote omitted):

“ It has often been emphasised that in determining whether an impugned provision has this effect, the Court looks at the substance and reality of the enactment rather than its form. Thus, it does not matter whether the ultimate fact which the defendant is required to prove involves an element which may be characterized as an essential ingredient of the offence or a matter of defence. Its substantive effect is what counts: does the enactment expose the defendant to a conviction even though there may be a reasonable doubt regarding some matter determinative of his criminal liability?”

185.  On this basis, it matters not how one characterises the matter that the defendant is required to prove.  There is a derogation from the presumption of innocence whether the defendant has to prove an essential component of the charge or an element of what one would normally characterise as a defence. 

186.  It is also notable that earlier in his judgment, Ribeiro PJ stated (at §30) that the answer as to whether the enactment as a matter of construction imposes a persuasive burden of proof on the defendant effectively provides the answer to the second question of whether the enactment so construed derogates from the presumption of innocence (see also §35 which is to the same effect).  The other members of the court, including Sir Anthony Mason NPJ who gave the leading judgment in Lam Kwong Wai, agreed with Ribeiro PJ.

187.  It is true that in Lee To Nei v HKSAR (2012) 15 HKCFAR 162 at §§18‑19, Ribeiro PJ referred to matters such as knowledge that the goods bear forged trademarks, which the enactment in question required the defendant to disprove, as being part of the “gravamen of the offence”.  I do not, however, read those passages in his Lordship’s judgment as saying that there is a reversal of onus engaging the presumption of innocence only if the matter the defendant needs to prove is an essential constituent of the charge.  Paragraph 14 of the same judgment suggests that the presumption is engaged and abrogated whenever a statute reverses the burden by placing a persuasive burden on the defendant “to prove specified matters on a balance of probabilities as a condition of avoiding liability”.

188.  I conclude therefore that the constitutionally protected presumption of innocence is engaged, so that it is necessary to proceed on to the 4‑stage proportionality assessment as set out in §158(3) above.

G2e.   Steps 1 and 2 of the proportionality analysis

189.  There is no dispute that the presumption of innocence is not an absolute right.  A reversal of onus is not unconstitutional if it passes the proportionality analysis.  The burden lies on the Commission in this case to justify the derogation and the justification must clear the standard of intense scrutiny: Lee To Nei, §23. 

190.  As stated above, the first two steps of the analysis essentially ask whether the derogation is rationally connected with the pursuit of a legitimate societal aim.  As I understand their submissions, the respondents — rightly, in my view — do not seriously contest these two steps.

191.  As submitted by the Commission, the imposition of a burden on the undertakings concerned pursues the legitimate societal aim of facilitating the objective of the Ordinance as stated in its long title, namely, to “prohibit conduct that prevents, restricts or distorts competition in Hong Kong”.  This is advanced by requiring an undertaking which asserts that an agreement, albeit shown to restrict competition, is justified by the efficiencies generated, to prove it.  It is rationally connected with the pursuit of the legitimate aim because the information relevant to the defence is usually in the possession of the undertaking, not the Commission.

G2f.   Step 3 of the proportionality analysis

192.  It is step 3 of the analysis that has attracted the most debate in this case.  The respondents contend that it is for the Commission to show that imposing a persuasive or legal burden on the undertaking who invokes the defence does not derogate from the presumption of innocence more than necessary, and that the Commission has failed to do so because imposing an evidential burden on the undertaking is sufficient.

193.  There are a number of matters relevant to the consideration of this question.  First, as submitted by the Commission, in a case such as this the gravamen of the charge is the contravention of the first conduct rule by object.  It is in relation to “object” cases that the burden of proof is most material, for in “effect” cases the Commission has the burden, in any event, of carrying out an effects investigation as the basis of its case, based on the same counterfactual as required for assessing the efficiency defence.  For the reasons explained in section F above, the respondents’ arrangements had the object of restricting competition and were prohibited as such.  It is to be recalled that this means their arrangements are properly viewed “by their very nature, as being harmful to the proper functioning of normal competition” and “reveal a sufficient degree of harm to competition” that there is no need to examine their effects (see §105 above).  It is also well established in EU and UK case-law that proof of restriction of competition by object does not as such depend on an analysis of the efficiency benefits alleged (see §§114-120 above).  The Commission’s position on the burden of proof would promote the legislative object of protecting Hong Kong from such conduct by requiring undertakings to exercise vigilance and refrain from such conduct unless they consider they can establish the conditions for the efficiency defence.  It would also encourage undertakings to ensure that all information and evidence concerning their case of efficiencies is properly recorded and preserved.

194.  Further, it is relevant to note that these proceedings, though conceded to involve the determination of a criminal charge for constitutional purposes, do not concern a paradigm criminal offence punishable by imprisonment.  Whilst not providing a positive justification for encroachment into the presumption of innocence, this is a “negative factor” which means that “the objection against derogation from the presumption of innocence is not augmented by the prospect of severe punishment following a conviction” at least in comparison with offences that carry custodial penalty: Ng Po On at §58; see also R v Johnstone [2003] UKHL 28 at §50, cited in Lee To Nei v HKSAR,at §33.

195.  The information required to assess the claimed efficiencies is often exclusively held by the undertakings concerned.  While the defence is concerned with objective benefits rather than the undertakings’ subjective assessment of benefits, its focus falls on the operation of the undertakings.  What their production costs are, how those costs will be affected with or without the impugned agreement, how much of the efficiency gains has been passed on to the consumers and in what ways, and whether the impugned arrangement is indispensable to the generation of efficiency gains in the context of the undertaking’s operations, are matters peculiarly within a respondent’s knowledge.  Whether competition has been eliminated in respect of a substantial part of the products or services in question is also a matter of which the undertakings concerned should have intimate knowledge and which they are particularly well placed to advance.  This can be a significant factor in support of a reverse onus, albeit not necessarily sufficient in itself: Ng Po On, §65; R v Johnstone, §§50, 52(5) & (6); Fu Kok Kuen Patrick v HKSAR (2012) 15 HKCFAR 524, §95; HKSAR v Choi Wai Lun, §67.

196.  This is to be contrasted with the serious difficulty which would be faced by the Commission if it was required to prove — and a fortiori to prove beyond reasonable doubt — that the conditions of the defence are not satisfied, given the often secretive nature of anti‑competitive agreements and the evidence being confidential to the undertakings.  If the respondent has merely an evidential burden, once the respondent does enough to enliven the issue, then it is not just a matter of the Commission dismantling the respondent’s evidence; the Commission will have to prove beyond reasonable doubt that the defence does not apply.

197.  In support of their position, the respondents have placed reliance on a speech given by Rose J of the English High Court (as she then was) at a conference in 2011, in which her Ladyship commented on the reverse onus of proof in relation to Art 101(3) of the TFEU.[28]  It seems to me notable, however, quite apart from the fact that those comments were made extra‑judicially without hearing counsel’s arguments, that her Ladyship was raising questions more than expressing any concluded views.  It is true that it was suggested there are matters within Art 101(3) that are not particularly within the knowledge of the undertaking concerned or more difficult for the Commission to establish, and that they might be matters that the Commission has to tackle in other contexts without there being a reverse onus.[29]  It is important, however, to note that (i) the comments are apt to deal with an “effects” case where the Commission would, for the purpose of establishing its own case, have to carry out a detailed effects investigation and analysis; (ii) the comments were made in the context of the EU and UK regimes where the Commission does not have to prove an infringement beyond reasonable doubt, in contrast to the position that obtains in Hong Kong (as stated in §39 above); and (iii) as Mr Beard submitted, the comments would not have been made with hard‑core cartels in mind, having regard to the general understanding that it would be rare for the efficiency defence to be applicable to them.  In addition, Rose J also noted that one could expect that the Luxembourg courts would regard the seriousness of the social problem that the statute in question is designed to combat as a factor pointing in favour of the compatibility of the reverse onus for establishing the efficiency defence.[30]  It should also be noted that at the end, the learned judge concluded by saying it may well be that the CJEU will conclude that the reverse onus is compatible with the presumption of innocence.[31]

198.  The point has already been made above that the purpose of having the category of “object” infringement is to dispense with the need to carry out an effects analysis.  Without imposing the burden on the undertaking, if all that is required is for them to show some evidence (as opposed to mere fanciful assertion) that there are efficiency justifications, given the complexities of economic issues inherent in competition enforcement actions, the Commission will be forced to carry out what is tantamount to an effects analysis for the purpose of establishing an object infringement.  This would defeat the intention and choice of the legislature in adopting a system with carefully calibrated allocation of burdens against a very similar human rights backdrop.

199.  There is plainly a difference between an evidential burden and a persuasive or legal burden.  The respondents submit, not surprisingly in the present context, that an evidential burden is not an insubstantial one.  Reliance is placed on Ng Po On where Ribeiro PJ said at §27 (footnote omitted):

“ An evidential burden stands in contrast to a reverse persuasive burden. It does not require the accused to establish anything as a matter of proof. An evidential burden arises where the defendant wishes to put in issue some matter that is potentially exculpatory while the prosecution continues to bear the persuasive burden throughout. In such cases, there must be evidence supporting such exculpatory matter which is sufficiently substantial that it raises a reasonable doubt as to the defendant’s guilt. Unless such reasonable doubt is removed, the prosecution fails to prove its case. If, on the other hand, the accused fails to adduce or point to any evidence on the relevant issue or if the evidence adduced is rejected or is not sufficiently substantial to raise a reasonable doubt, the potentially exculpatory matter places no obstacle in the way of the prosecution proving its case beyond reasonable doubt. An evidential burden, functioning in this manner, is wholly consistent with the presumption of innocence.”

200.  It is undeniable, however, that the evidential burden is much lower than and indeed different in kind from the balance of probabilities.  It only requires a respondent to raise a reasonable doubt, which is a relatively low threshold.  Where assertions have been made without documentary evidence, it is not always easy to conclude they are so incredible that no issue is raised at all.  Often the assertions will, before trial and judgment, have to be taken on their face.  In practical terms whenever a respondent pleads the efficiency defence, since it could be difficult to strike it out at a pre‑trial stage given the many fact‑sensitive matters and complex economics involved, if the burden lies on the Commission, it would be obliged to conduct an investigation many months if not years after the event and in the course of the proceedings, and engage experts to try to “disprove” beyond reasonable doubt the efficiency justifications, simply because the respondent raises it as an issue.  This would in my opinion severely undermine the effectiveness of the procedures of competition law in Hong Kong and could not have been the legislative intent.

201.  It has been commented in relation to the EU regime that if the whole burden of proof is put on the regulatory authority including the burden to demonstrate that the conditions in Art 101(3) have not been met, “the system may here find its Achilles heel” as it would encumber and delay the enforcement procedures:

“ to an extent incompatible with the objective of efficiency in the detection, prosecution, termination and punishment of anti‑competitive practices. It would also be a deterrent for the instrument that the Commission wants to foster most: complaints.”[32]

It seems to me the same consequences would infest the Hong Kong regime if the burden was placed on the Commission, afortiori given the need to prove infringement beyond reasonable doubt.

202.  The legislature is entitled to stipulate (albeit by implication), in circumstances where ex hypothesi the Tribunal is satisfied an undertaking has entered into an agreement that is restrictive of competition in Hong Kong, that contravention of the first conduct rule should be found if it is not shown that the efficiency defence more likely than not applies.  In my view there are compelling reasons for concluding that the third stage of the proportionality analysis is satisfied.

G2g.   Step 4 of the proportionality analysis

203.  As Ribeiro PJ pointed out in Hysan at §78, in the great majority of cases, the result arrived at after undertaking the first three inquiries is unlikely to be changed by the fourth stage of the analysis. In my judgment, there is a reasonable balance struck between the societal benefits (including effective enforcement of competition law and the prevention of anti‑competitive conduct) and the inroads made into the constitutionally protected rights of the undertaking (namely, the presumption of innocence in the context of an enforcement action seeking pecuniary penalties).  Placing the onus on the undertaking does not, in my view, result in an unacceptably harsh burden on the undertaking.  The undertaking itself is best placed to proffer evidence and argument in relation to its claimed efficiencies.

G2h.   Conclusion

204.  For the above reasons, I conclude that it is for the respondents to establish the efficiency defence on the balance of probabilities.

G3.   General comments on the factual basis of the respondents’ case

205.  A notable feature of the respondents’ case in these proceedings is that they have advanced two fundamentally inconsistent factual contentions.  In their pleaded case, they deny the existence of any of the alleged agreements.  As an alternative plea, and in witness statements submitted following the Tribunal’s ruling on 26 September 2018 and in the expert report of Dr Pang, however, an entirely different story was put forward, namely, that such agreement was necessary to deliver efficiencies from which their customers benefited.  Quite apart from being objectionable from the point of view of the principles of pleading, this regrettable and opportunistic approach has not only undermined the credibility of their denial of the agreement, but has also haunted them in their attempt to invoke the efficiency defence.

206.  Not surprisingly, the respondents have found it difficult coherently to give any details of their efficiency defence in the Responses or the particulars, given their primary stance that there was no Floor Allocation Arrangement in the first place.  Even in their witness statements filed in April 2018, there was hardly any evidence which would be needed for the efficiency defence to get off the ground.

207.  The more detailed factual assertions underlying the respondents’ contention first appeared in the report of their expert dated 30 July 2018 in the absence of any witness statements covering those factual matters.  For reasons explained in this Tribunal’s Reasons for Decision dated 28 September 2018,[33] this was not acceptable.  Upon the Commission’s objection that the expert’s opinions were not supported by any material factual evidence and were as such admissible and liable to be struck out, the respondents obtained leave to file supplemental witness statements to cover the relevant factual matters.

208.  However, the supplemental statements subsequently filed in early October 2018 (signed by 6 existing witnesses and 2 new witnesses) turned out to be not only remarkably similar in content and form, but also expressed in highly technical language which one can hardly imagine to have originated from the witnesses themselves.  Thus the statements refer to a “very important source of efficiencies”, make comparison with “the scenario in the ‘but for’ world”, assert that HKHA’s rules and restrictions created “an unequal playing field” against the Appointed DCs, and state that without the ability to “take advantage of the cost savings and efficiencies that arise from the Alleged Floor Allocation Arrangement, [the Appointed DCs] would likely pass on (at least partially) the increasing costs to the tenants in higher prices for decorative work in the ‘but for’ world”.  It is clear that in practice, relevant passages in the expert report had simply been cut and pasted into the supplemental statements.

209.  Further, these statements all contain the assertion (quoted in §52 above) that the Floor Allocation Arrangement was part of a broader cooperative arrangement among the respondents entered into, following customary practices, in order to counter the cost disadvantages that Appointed DCs faced.  Upon cross‑examination, however, it transpired that all of the respondents’ witnesses who made that statement had great difficulty understanding that paragraph (among others) of their supplemental statements.

210.  The supplemental statements thus appear to be words put into the witnesses’ mouth, taken from a report which contains the expert’s interpretations of her instructions, information collected by the expert from the clients, as well as her opinions.  In these circumstances little weight can, in my view, be put on those statements. 

211.  The respondents’ witnesses were also constrained (by their primary case) to give answers in cross‑examination which are contrary to or at least undermine their efficiency defence.  For example, one said they simply did not consider the matter in terms of efficiency or costs savings from the point of view of consumers.  Another was compelled to say that the prices they charged did not reflect any efficiencies from the Floor Allocation Arrangement because it did not exist.  On the basis of such evidence, Dr Pang’s report would appear to be primarily an attempt of ex‑post rationalisation.  This severely undermines the credibility of the respondents’ case such as the assertion that the efficiencies and cost savings were passed on by the respondents to the tenants.

212.  Another problem in the respondents’ evidence is that there was little critical assessment by the expert of the assertions made to her by the respondents, mostly without documentary basis.  Whether this was due to the extreme haste in which the expert report had to be prepared (for reasons beyond the control of the current lawyers and expert of the respondents as described in the decision of the Tribunal dated 10 July 2018 [2018] HKCT 2) or other reasons, the consequence is that the reliability of the expert’s analysis and conclusions is seriously called into question.

G4.   Condition 1 — efficiencies

213.  According to EU case law, only objective benefits are taken into account.  The improvement must display appreciable objective advantages of such a characteristic to compensate for the disadvantages which the agreement entails for competition: Case 56/64 and 58/64 Consten and Grundig v Commission.  It stands to reason that cost savings arising directly from the mere exercise of market power are not considered objective benefits so that, for example, reduction in sales and marketing expenses resulting from a market allocation agreement is not an improvement in the production or distribution of goods or services.

G4a.   The respondents’ case

214.  The main plank of the respondents’ case is that the Floor Allocation Arrangement enabled them to concentrate work at any one time on flats located on the same floor.  Having regard to the long lift-waiting time in the Estate, significant efficiencies arose from being able to perform work in multiple number of flats on the same floor on account of the time saved from not having to wait for the lifts to move tools, equipment, supplies or raw materials from one floor to another.

215.  Each of the 3 buildings in Phase 1 of On Tat Estate is served by 5 lifts, each measuring about 1.2m by 1.2m as follows:

ElevatorNo.Floors served
1 G/F, 1/F – 16/F
2 G/F, 1/F – 16/F
3 G/F, 1/F, 17/F – 28/F
4 G/F, 1/F, 17/F – 40/F
5 G/F, 1/F, 29/F – 40/F

216.  According to the respondents, the time spent waiting for the elevators can be substantial, especially if the workers have to change elevators in the lobby.  Hip Yick (R6) says that the “normal” waiting time for a lift for work crew or a raw material supplier to go from one floor to another “can easily be 20 or more minutes”.  Sun Spark (R2) says that the lift‑waiting time can be up to 2 hours during peak time, eg when many flats in the same building are being decorated and there are a lot of furniture deliveries as the tenants begin to move in.

217.  Dr Pang’s opinion is that under the Floor Allocation Arrangement, each respondent focused their decoration work on a small number of specific floors in each building, aiming to generate work from tenants in multiple number of flats on the same floor.  In contrast, in the “but for” world, each respondent would market their services to tenants from every floor in the building and would end up with their work spread across many different floors in the same building.

218.  Dr Pang categorized these cost savings and efficiencies into 5 categories: (i) savings in labour costs in performing decorative work; (ii) savings in raw material delivery costs; (iii) savings from the reduction of raw material wastage; (iv) savings in construction waste and debris clean up and disposal costs; and (v) efficiencies from more focused sales and marketing efforts and management of decorative work progress.  These categories are further elaborated as follows.

219.  Another flaw in the respondents’ evidence is that it contains references to alleged substantial savings resulting from their sharing of overhead and operating costs such as the setting up and fitting out cost and rent of the Site Office, the cost of erecting signage for the Site Office, and the printing cost of work orders and invoices.  Since these joint activities are not part of the agreements objected to as infringements of the first conduct rule, the alleged savings resulting from them are not to be taken into account for present purposes.  They are not linked to the restraints that are being impugned and are not therefore excluded in the counterfactual.

G4a(i).   Savings in labour costs

220.  It is said that, relative to the “but for” world, when a work crew perform decorative work in multiple number of flats on the same floor, once they complete a specific task in a flat and are ready to start work in another flat, a substantial amount of time can be saved for the work crew in moving their tools, equipment, supplies and raw materials from one flat to the nextif it is located on the same floor, especially for decorative work that requires a long preparation or set up time (eg carpentry related work) or decorative work that requires a very long wait time between sub‑tasks.  Raw materials can be readily “shared” among the different flats on the same floor where an unforeseen need arises.  The additional labour time that a work crew has to incur to perform the same tasks in the “but for” world would lead to increased labour costs, as the Respondents would either have to hire additional workers to perform the same amount of work, or to compensate the same work crew for theadditional time it took them to complete the work.

221.  Dr Pang gave 5 examples of work from the Package items on the Flyer.  For laying floor tiles and baseboards (items 1 and 2 of the Flyer), the work crew’s toolkit consists of a mason’s trowel, 3 buckets, 3 finishing trowels, a spirit level, 4 feather edges, chalk line, an angle grinder, a broom, mop, cleaning sponges and cloth, and a hawk.  It takes about 30 minutes to pack up the tools and carry them to the next flat in a trolley cart, but substantial time can be saved if the work crew can simply carry the tools to another flat on the same floor without packing them neatly.  According to some respondents, the work crew can usually finish the tiling work for a flat in less than a day. The work crew would start setting up in the next flat during the remainder of the day if it is on the same floor, but not if it is on a different floor. Certain estimates by some respondents have been provided: two 1‑2 person flats can be tiled in a day if they are on the same floor, but only 1.5 flats if they are on different floors; 9 man‑hours are needed to tile a 2‑3 person flat on average if the flats are on the same floor, but 12 man‑hours if they are on different floors.  According to the respondents’ estimates, the increase in average labour cost for tiling a 2-3 person flat in the “but for” world ranges from 9.1% to 50%.

222.  For partition of a room with a sand brick wall (items 6 and 7 on the Flyer), the work comprises erecting the wall with sand bricks, applying 3 to 4 layers of different kinds of plaster, and applying finishing paint.  Each stage may take only a few hours, but one has to wait for the materials to dry and set after laying the bricks and each time after plastering.  Each waiting period is said to be a few days or 2 to 3 days.  It is said that if the flats to be worked on lie on the same floor, after (for instance) plastering the wall in one flat, the work crew can easily gather the necessary tools and supplies and start work in the next flat.  But if the flats are on different floors, they will have to pack up their tools and supplies, put them in a cart, wait for the lift, and then unpack, before they can start work again.  According to one respondent, Hip Yick (R6), the labour cost for a bedroom partition wall would be increased by 50% in this “but for” world.

223.  For installing an internal door and door frames inside a flat (item 8 on the Flyer), a carpenter needs a table saw, 3 wood trimmers, 3 wood planes, an air nail gun and compressor, an electric drill, a battery operated drill, a variety of screwdrivers and a circular saw.  If the flats to be worked on are on the same floor, substantial time in packing the tools and supplies, waiting for the lift, unpacking and setting up again, can be saved relative to the “but for” world.  According to Hip Yick (R6), 6 door frames can be installed in a day for flats on the same floor, compared to only 4 door frames for flats on different floors, translating into a 50% increase in labour cost.  According to Wai Sun (R8), 10 frames can be completed in a day on the same floor, but only 4 frames on different floors, translating into a 150% increase in labour cost.

224.  A similar explanation is given in relation to wall painting (item 5 on the Flyer) which requires the application of 3 layers of paint, each of which takes about 2 to 3 days to dry.  The toolkit includes a scaffolding platform, gloves, sandpaper, a hawk and a finishing trowel, buckets, paint brushes and rollers. If the flats to be painted are located on the same floor, after painting one layer, the work crew can easily go to paint the next flat, without having to pack up the tools and supplies, wait for the lift, and unpack.  Based on the respondents’ various estimates, the increase in labour cost in the “but for” world is said to range from 7.7% to 66.7%.

225.  As to the remaining items on the Flyer, one respondent says an electrician can install 6 exhaust fans (item 4) in flats on the same floor in a day, but only 4 fans in flats on different floors.  Another respondent says their workmen can install 4 to 5 kitchen cabinets (item 9) in flats on the same floor in a day, but only 3 if the flats are spread across various floors.  One respondent says that it takes their workmen 1 hour per flat on average to install marble windowsills on the same floor but double the time for flats on different floors, though the figures given by another respondent for this task are 2 hours on the same floor and 3 hours on different floors.

G4a(ii).   Savings in raw material delivery costs

226.  The expert report states that the prices of the raw materials charged by the suppliers to the respondents included the cost of delivering the materials to the flats and, in the actual world, were based on delivery to multiple flats on the same floor for a given delivery trip.  In the “but for” world, additional time and thus higher cost would be incurred by the suppliers for delivery to flats spread out across multiple floors in a single trip.  The respondents believe that the suppliers would begin charging higher prices to reflect the increase in the cost of delivery.  Various estimates of the likely increase have been stated by various respondents for different materials: eg one respondent has mentioned 4% for Portland cement, 14% for sand, and 12% to 20% for sand bricks.

G4a(iii).   Reduction of raw material wastage

227.  It is said that another source of savings arises where there are surplus raw materials left from the work performed in one flat.  For example, according to one respondent, laying the floor tiles in a 2‑3 person flat requires 5.5 bags of Portland cement, 7.5 buckets of sand, and half a bag of white cement, so that there will be half bags and half buckets left from single flats.  If the flats being decorated are on the same floor, the workers are more willing to move the surplus materials from one flat and use them in another flat; but if the flats were on different floors, such materials would go to waste.  Savings ranging from 7% to 15% have been asserted by various respondents for sand, cement and bricks.

G4a(iv).   Savings in construction waste and debris clean up and disposal costs

228.  It is said that if each of the respondents works only on a number of floors, they will incur lower labour cost for cleaning up and disposal of the construction waste and debris generated by themselves. Thus for the cleaning up work in the Flyer (item 3), the debris from several flats on the same floor can be collected in one cart with a single trip to the dumping site on the G/F, but several roundtrips will be needed if the flats are on different floors.  One respondent says that it employed one worker per day for cleaning up waste and debris in On Tat Estate but if the same number of flats worked on were spread out across the whole buildings it would have had to employ two workers for that purpose.  Another respondent says that it pays its cleaning crew a fixed sum per flat per day in the expectation they would be working on multiple flats on the same floor, and that the sum will have to be increased by 66.7% if the flats are located on different floors.  Overall increases in labour cost for the removal of waste and debris from floor tiling work have been asserted by various respondents in the range of 11.4% to 50%.

G4a(v).   Sales and marketing efforts and progress management

229.  The respondents also contend that with the Floor Allocation Arrangement, they can achieve cost savings in their marketing and promotional efforts because they can concentrate those efforts on the 4 floors in each building they are each allocated instead of trying to cover substantially more floors.  One respondent indicates that in the “but for” world, it would have to double the size of its sales staff from 3 to 6 men. Concentrating the work in a small number of floors also enhances the oversight and management of the work in different flats by the on‑site foremen.

G4a(vi).   Overall efficiencies and cost savings in relation to all 10 items

230.  Based on information provided by the respondents, Dr Pang’s report set out the respective respondents’ aggregate labour and material cost for performing all 10 items on the Flyer in a 2‑3 person flat, and the estimated increase in cost in the “but for” world, in a table which is reproduced below:

Efficiencies and Cost Savings in Labor and Raw Material Cost
Performing All 10 Items on the Promotion Flyer in a 2/3‑Person Flat
RespondentAverage Cost Per Unit in On Tat Estate (Phase 1)“But For” Scenario% Increase in “But For” ScenarioCost Savings in On Tat Estate (Phase 1)
R2 $16,440 $18,445 12.2% 10.9%
R3 $15,680 $19,100 21.8% 17.9%
R4 $17,070 $19,320 13.2% 11.6%
R5 $14,125 $15,708 11.2% 10.1%
R6 $16,685 $22,138 32.7% 24.6%
R7 $17,535 $19,515 11.3% 10.1%
R8 $15,400 $19,980 29.7% 22.9%
R10 $16,200 $18,876 16.5% 14.2%

G4b.   Discussion

231.  In addition to the general comments on the factual basis made in section G3 above, there are several major difficulties with the efficiencies analysis put forward on behalf of the respondents, including problems with (i) the proper conception of the counterfactual; (ii) reliability of the respondents’ data; (iii) discounts for out‑of‑pattern flats; (iv) assessment of the magnitude of efficiency gains; and (v) assessment of the adverse impact on competition.  These are considered in turn below.

G4b(i).   The “but for” world

232.  In the respondents’ analysis, the counterfactual — the “but for” world — is one where they would not be able to focus their sales and promotional efforts on tenants of targeted floors, and as such would be performing work in flats spread randomly across different floors.  Dr Pang has calculated that in practice each respondent on average performed decorative work in 6 to 7 flats per floor in the Estate, amounting to an average of 24 to 28 flats in each building.  According to her report, in the “but for” world:

“ the same 24 to 28 flats in each building which each Respondent expects to perform work in would have been located randomly on many more floors across the whole building (up to 24 to 28 floors — ie, one flat on each floor).”

This was the basis on which the respondents provided their data and estimates to Dr Pang.

233.  The notion that without mutual coordination, the respondents would each be working on 24 to 28 floors in each of the 3 buildings, is an extreme and unjustified assumption.  In my opinion, this construction of the counterfactual cannot be accepted to provide by comparison a correct and accurate assessment of the efficiencies generated by the Floor Allocation Arrangement.

234.  First, this flies in the face of the evidence of the respondents’ witnesses, which was that in the absence of the Floor Allocation Arrangement, their strategy would be, if they won a single flat on a floor, they would make an effort to win the other flats on the same floor. This was the evidence‑in‑chief of Chan Yiu Kwai (R6), who stated: “After we have succeeded to solicit work contract from a certain flat on the floor, our salesman started to promote to other tenants on the same floor by showing these tenants the work(s) which we had done, and also distributing the flyers”.  To similar effect was the statement of Cheung Bing Sang (R7).  The statement of Wong Fu San (R10) also said that once they started having business on a certain floor, they would send more sales staff to that floor to get more business there.

235.  The witnesses also referred to having an “advantage” there once they had secured a contract for a flat on a particular floor.  This seems to me credible and readily understandable.  Decorating a flat on a given floor would provide a valuable opportunity for additional business, as the contractor could showcase its work to other tenants on the floor.  Tenants might well be attracted to a particular contractor being used by their neighbour on the same floor, whether from express recommendation or simply out of herd mentality.  Further, the respondent in question could price itself so as to get more work on that floor, especially if the efficiencies alleged would actually result from working on a number of flats on the same floor.  On the respondents’ case, the contractor would have a clear incentive to offer a lower price for subsequent flats on the same floor since the cost of decorating more flats would be lower once the first flat was won.  Thus, for example, Chim Lap Fan (R2) responded as follows in cross‑examination:

“ Q. So let’s assume there’s no cleaning agreement and there’s no other decoration agreement. The first thing you would want to do is get a tenant on a floor. You’d want to get some business on a particular floor, wouldn’t you, and so you’d make a lot of effort to win that first customer and get a flat on a floor?

A. Correct, yes.

Q. And then when you’d got that one tenant, you’d start making efforts to get the other tenants on the floor?

A. Correct.

Q. And if there were efficiencies in the way that you could work because you had a large number of flats on the same floor, then you’d want to ensure that you priced to get lots of units, wouldn’t you?

A. Correct.

Q. So even if there was no decoration agreement and no cleaning agreement, you’d actually expect to win multiple units on the same floor because of your efforts; is that correct?

A. Right.

…

Q. … because, on your account, you would make cost savings by being on the same floor, that would give you an incentive, as we’ve already discussed, to win more flats on the same floor?

A. Correct.

Q. So if there were no agreements or arrangements, decoration or cleaning or otherwise, you would not expect to win 20 flats on completely different floors, you would expect to win flats on a number of floors, one or two floors instead?

A. Yes, it is what I hoped, what I expected.”

236.  Similar evidence was given by WC Wong (R1), Chan Chun Wah (R3), Chan Yiu Kwai (R6), Poon Wai Woon (R8) as well as Ma Yick Yin (R4).

237.  This deliberate effort which made every sense on the respondents’ own case would plainly very significantly reduce the number of floors across which the flats were spread, allowing for a scenario where there would be concentration of flats on certain floors in the counterfactual world.

238.  Against this direct factual evidence of her clients, Dr Pang effectively said that the respondents’ answers were naïve, that they lacked sophistication and were unable properly to assess what would really happen without the Floor Allocation Arrangement.  Her own view was that because there would be uncertainty in the counterfactual world as to whether the Appointed DCs might or might not achieve the same concentration of flats on particular floors, it would be a “gamble” for them if they priced their services on the assumption that they would obtain concentration.  Once their assumption turned out to be wrong and they got “burnt” (ie when their prices turned out to be unprofitable because they did not achieve sufficient concentration), they would simply not price at a lower level to try to win further flats on a floor.

239.  With respect, I do not think that the respondents’ own evidence can be brushed aside in that way by their expert simply because they are not economists or competition lawyers.  They are all businessmen, skilled in the trade, with many years of experience of the kind of work in question, who have actually worked in public housing estates including On Tat Estate.  None of them has mentioned any worry about getting burnt in the scramble for work in the counterfactual world.

240.  Of course, as Dr Jenkins observed, competition does involve uncertainty, and cartels do remove a lot of that uncertainty, which is very convenient for suppliers.  But the uncertainty, rather than implying total randomness, produces a dynamic that incentivises competitive practices which ultimately enure to the benefit of consumers.  As explained by Dr Jenkins, in the but‑for world the respondents would not be competing entirely in the dark.  There were a variety of ways in which they could identify the tenants on the floors on which they had secured a contract. There were different ways for shrewd businessmen to match the demand to their selling points and advantages.  The respondents could adopt pricing and discount strategies to try to win 3 or 4 flats on a floor close in time. A competitive market would bring benefits because the contractors would need to communicate to customers through price.  In contrast, a market sharing arrangement removed the need to post prices that reflected the efficiency savings, since the respondents knew that their closest competitors would not be competing with them for the business on “their” floors.

241.  The competitive process in the counterfactual would be facilitated by the intake of tenants in batches (from various floors) so that a respondent would have time to “take stock” of his position, devise his strategy, and target the floors he had in mind, for example, by offering discounts to flats on specified floors during particular time periods.  The tenants’ units on the day of intake were identifiable by the Sticker worn by them.  The respondent could also station salespersons on targeted floors.  For their part, once the tenants saw there was price differentiation between the respondents, they would be much more eager to “shop around” and find the respondents who offered the best price.  The respondents argued that a tenant would only randomly approach at most 3 respondents to discuss his decoration needs, giving a probability of () or 33.6% of finding the “correct” respondent.  Such an approach does not seem to me realistic.  Competitive markets do not work in that manner.  If the alleged efficiencies existed, the respondents would compete in price, and the tenants would be incentivised to search for the contractor that “matched” his floor.  Dr Pang criticised that this assumed each respondent’s cost of approaching and marketing to tenants is negligible.  It is to be recalled, however, that savings in marketing cost resulting from a market allocation agreement cannot be treated as an objective benefit (see §213 above).

242.  The respondents have referred to anecdotal information on Ying Tung Estate, a more recently completed public rental housing estate in Tung Chung, to assert that without an arrangement similar to the Floor Allocation Arrangement, there would be no floor‑concentration of flats for each contractor.  As Dr Jenkins pointed out, however, even the most basic information regarding Ying Tung Estate is lacking so that no assistance at all can be derived from it.

243.  The respondents’ contention that each floor (which typically has 22 flats) could not accommodate multiple concentrations of 4 flats each by more than one respondent is mathematically unsound.  A glance at the tables in Appendix 2 will show that in the actual world there are many floors where 7, 8 or more flats were decorated by the respondents.  It would not be unreasonable for a respondent to expect, if he was willing to compete with prices that passed on the alleged cost savings to the tenants, to win 3 more flats after it had secured one flat on a given floor, even if another respondent too had won a flat on the same floor.

244.  Furthermore, in a competitive environment, there would be no reason to expect each respondent to win work on exactly 4 floors in each building.  Competition would be expected to lead to the more efficient respondents winning work on more than 4 floors.  For example, Kam Kee (R5) which, according to the table at §230 above, had the lowest costs (assuming the same quality), might win a large proportion of flats under the competitive counterfactual.  This would in turn deliver additional benefits to tenants.  There is nothing at all to suggest that this respondent produced work of lower quality.

245.  Another difference in the competitive world is that if the alleged efficiencies did exist, firms would compete to get work on floors that form a cluster, such as 8/F to 15/F of one building, rather than on 4 floors, each 10 floors apart, in each of the 3 buildings.  On the respondents’ case, having clusters of floors or consecutive floors would allow them to achieve even greater efficiencies which, in the competitive world, they would have an incentive to pass on to the customers.

246.  It follows that if there are indeed efficiencies as alleged from concentrating work on a given floor, then the competitive process is likely to lead to substantial floor‑level concentration.  In that but‑for world the more efficient suppliers might win work on more floors, and the floors each respondent concentrated on might be closer together.  It may readily be accepted that the “pattern” would not be as neat and regular as under the Floor Allocation Agreement, and each respondent might have some “stray” flats, but it would plainly be a far cry from the assumed scenario where each respondent would be working on 24 to 28 flats spread randomly across 24 to 28 floors in each of the 3 buildings.

247.  It follows that the cost estimates for the but‑for world advanced on behalf of the respondents are likely to have been seriously overstated and can hardly be relied on, because their conception of that world is simply unrealistic. 

G4b(ii).   Unreliability in the data used by the respondents

248.  As can be seen from the respondents’ contentions summarised above, of critical importance to their efficiency defence are the costs comparisons between the actual and the hypothetical worlds.  In addition to the fundamental problem in conceiving the counterfactual discussed above, there are other serious shortcomings in the evidence put forward by the respondents, all of which tend to exaggerate either the inefficiencies in the counterfactual or the efficiencies attained under the Floor Allocation Arrangement.

249.  The questionnaire filled in by the respondents after being interviewed by Dr Pang required them to list the total costs for each Package item based on a 2‑3 person flat in two different scenarios: Scenario I, where the respondents were effectively subject to both the Floor Allocation Arrangement and the Package Price Arrangement, and Scenario II, where no such cooperation agreement was in place.  As explained by Dr Pang, the costs evidence for Scenario I elicited from the respondents was based on the assumption that each respondent was working on 4 flats on a single floor at the same time, rather than each respondent working on various flats on 4 floors in a building each 10 floors apart.  In other words, the approach adopted took no account of any vertical travel between the allocated floors of a respondent when it was working on multiple flats on multiple floors at the same time.

250.  At one stage Dr Pang sought to justify that approach by suggesting that the tenants came in batches by floor, but if she had been so informed by the respondents they certainly gave no evidence to that effect.  On the contrary, the uncontradicted evidence of the Estate manager was that the intake registration was done in batches in sequence by building, but there was “no particular arrangement for floor‑by‑floor registration within each building”.  Thus within each building each batch of newly registered tenants could comprise tenants randomly from any floor.

251.  The respondents also tried to justify omitting all vertical travel in Scenario I by arguing that, so long as there were clusters of flats on each allocated floor, they could so organise their work among the flats on each floor as to take advantage of the efficiencies claimed.  However, different tenants on the same floor could be admitted at quite different times.  An example based on Luen Hop (R10)’s floors shows that the date of contract for flats on the same floor of a building could span over a wide period of time (eg from the second half of June to early October 2016) and be weeks or even months apart.  Under the standard terms mandated by the Licence, the decoration work had to be completed within one month of the date of contract, thus imposing considerable constraints on the respondents’ ability to schedule their work.

252.  Furthermore, as Mr Scott Adams, expert on construction planning and programming called by the Commission, testified, there are intrinsic obstacles to continuity of work even for flats on the same floor.  Some trades are by nature slower than others so that faster trades may have to wait for preceding slower trades to be completed before they can start.  Some trades have necessarily to be carried out in priority to other trades (eg brickwork has to be completed before plastering and then painting). In the absence of detailed as‑built records, he examined work continuity by reference to a generic example using 4 flats where the same activities in different flats are staggered but the activities are arranged to start as soon as possible.  In this way he demonstrated that even with 4 flats on the same floor made available at once and with detailed planning using sophisticated project management software, there would be downtime when there was nothing that could be done on that floor. 

253.  In positing a situation where a respondent would only be working on the same floor without any need to travel between floors, Scenario I was in my view based on an unrealistic assumption of the degree of continuity possible.  It follows that the costs figures produced by them for that scenario are significantly underestimated.

254.  An area rife with exaggeration is the difficulties caused by having to travel between floors.  First, there is the lift-waiting time.  Although none of the respondents had actually timed it, they asserted that the normal waiting time for a lift for a work crew to go from one floor to another could “easily” be upwards of 20 minutes and could be up to 2 hours during peak times.  There is a ring of truth in Mr Beard’s observation that it is easy to overestimate waiting times which can feel much longer than they in fact are.  The Estate manager’s evidence in contrast is that he had not had to wait more than 10 minutes for the lifts at any of the 3 buildings even during peak times.  Even in the worst‑case scenario which he had seen about 5 or 6 times in the 3 months from July to September 2016, he estimated the queue for the lifts would take up to 30 minutes to clear.  He had never received any complaints from either the tenants or decoration contractors about excessive lift-waiting time.  The experiments undertaken by Mr Adams together with several members of the Commission’s staff during the peak hours of early evening recorded waiting times of a far smaller order of magnitude.  Admittedly such experiments could not replicate exactly the conditions during June to October 2016, when tenants were moving in and many flats were being decorated, but the tenants also started to reside there and the sort of waiting times claimed by the respondents would have been intolerable to all and yet no one mentioned anything to the Estate management.

255.  Secondly, there is the additional time the respondents claim to be required for packing and unpacking tools when going from one floor to another.  It was said that 8 or 10 minutes would be needed each for packing and unpacking.  Whilst it might be more convenient to move the tools to another flat on the same floor (assuming it was nearby), I agree with Mr Adams who could not conceive that it took anything like the sort of time claimed to organise one’s tools in order to move to another floor and who therefore took a firm view that the respondents’ evidence was an exaggeration.

256.  A significant plank of the respondents’ case is the reluctance of the skilled workers to go to a different floor during the day.  It is also said that they would make use of surplus or leftover raw materials from one flat in another flat on the same floor but not in a flat on a different floor.  Quite apart from the fact that there is no suggestion that this is an inalterable custom of the trade, there is likewise in my view exaggeration here.  For example, Ma Yick Yin (R4) claimed that if a mason had completed floor tiling in a flat between 2 and 3pm, he would be prepared to install a threshold or windowsill in another flat during the remainder of the afternoon if the flat was on the same floor, but would simply “knock off” if the flat was on a different floor.  I do not find that evidence credible. Mr Adams also confirmed it would be contrary to industry practice. 

257.  Then there is the actual increase in cost that working on different floors supposedly led to.  Many of the cost estimates the respondents gave Dr Pang in the questionnaire seem to me arbitrary, self‑serving and exaggerated.  For example, Mau Hang (R3) stated it cost $250 to install a ventilation fan in Scenario I, but $350 in Scenario II, and $180 to clear the debris in Scenario I, but $300 in Scenario II; Hip Yick (R6) stated it took 6 man‑hours to paint a flat in Scenario I, but 10 in Scenario II, or 4 man‑hours to install a door frame in Scenario I, but 6 in Scenario II; Wai Sun (R8) stated the cost of painting a flat is $2,000 in Scenario I, but $3,000 in Scenario II.  These figures are not supported by any underlying documents nor in many cases credible calculations.  In cross‑examination Dr Pang said she had herself recognised that there might have been an element of exaggeration in the figures supplied by the respondents, but she did not investigate it as she did not consider the magnitude of the cost savings to be an important part of her analysis.

G4b(iii).   Out‑of‑pattern flats

258.  If the level of efficiencies claimed did result from a respondent being able to work on multiple flats on the same floor, this would mean that the respondent’s cost or expected cost of the work for an out‑of‑pattern flat would be higher.  Dr Jenkins examined all the 35 out‑of‑pattern flats and identified 8 of them for which she could find suitable comparators that were decorated by the same respondent, are in the same building, have the same flat layout, and involved similar work scopes.  Her analysis shows no systematic pattern of the works for out‑of‑pattern flats being priced higher than those for in‑pattern flats.  She found that 4 of the out‑of‑pattern flats were priced lower than their comparators, 2 were materially the same, and 2 were higher.  Admittedly the sample size was small and one could quibble about minor differences in the customers’ precise requirements between the out‑of‑pattern flats and the comparators (even though it was the Package items that were being compared), but these criticisms do not in my view remove all weight from the results.  The respondents have not themselves sought to show empirically that in‑pattern flats were priced lower than out‑of‑pattern flats because of the expected substantial efficiencies claimed to flow from the Floor Allocation Arrangement.  Moreover, the respondents’ own evidence shows that in some cases (eg Mau Hang (R3)), higher discounts were given for out‑of‑pattern flats than for in‑pattern flats.

259.  The respondents themselves gave no explanation why there were no detectable signs at all that out‑of‑pattern flats were priced higher as they could not benefit from the efficiencies claimed.  In the joint report Dr Pang surmised it could be because most of the relevant out‑of‑pattern flats were on lower floors and the respondents could have priced lower because of their preference to work on lower floors (though the respondents’ own evidence on their preferences was conflicting – see §123 above).  In cross‑examination, however, Dr Pang came up with a theory that the respondents priced on the basis of expected efficiencies across whole buildings and those prices would be applied to all flats decorated by them without distinction.  In other words, the out‑of‑pattern flats were “cross‑subsidised” by the in‑pattern flats. I am unable to accept this theory which is not only unsupported by any evidence from the respondents but seems to me to be contradicted by their evidence (eg Chan Kam Shui (R3)) that suggests the floor a flat was on was material to the discount they were prepared to give for that flat.

G4b(iv).   Magnitude of the efficiency gains

260.  The concept of “improvement” in s 1(a)(i) of Schedule 1 imports a balancing of an agreement’s deleterious effect on competition against its benefits.  As stated in Bellamy & Child, European Union Law of Competition (8th ed), §3.030, “[t]here will be no ‘improvement’ within the meaning of Article 101(3) if the disadvantages of an agreement in terms of competition are greater than its objective benefits”.  Logically, as stated in §51 and §96 of the Article 101(3) Guidelines, the magnitude of the efficiency gains is a matter to be taken into account.

261.  For the reasons above, there is no reliable basis in the present case to assess the magnitude of the claimed efficiencies. The respondents’ expert has herself disavowed having seriously assessed the magnitude of the benefits.  Without any sense of magnitude, one lacks even a rudimentary basis on which to carry out any balancing.

G4b(v).   Disadvantages from the restrictions

262.  On the other scale of the balance must be placed the disadvantages that the agreement creates in the field of competition. There is however very little evidence from the respondents in this respect, besides the constant refrain that they only won 33% and that there were “hundreds” of outside contractors competing.  As I have explained above, I take the view that there was serious harm to competition resulting from the respondents’ agreements.  The respondents have failed to grapple with the effect of the restriction of competition brought about by their agreements.

G5.   Condition 2 — benefit passed on to consumers

263.  The second condition in s 1 of Schedule 1 is that the agreement must allow consumers a fair share of the resulting benefit. 

264.  In the case of cost efficiencies, it is relevant to see whether there is sufficient pressure of competition so as to induce the undertakings concerned to pass on a fair share of the cost savings to consumers.  As pointed out in Bellamy & Child, European Union Law of Competition (8th ed), §3.038:

“ Particular care should be taken when equating cost savings with improvements in production or distribution under Article 101(3) where the savings are the result of conduct which has been found genuinely to restrict competition. Without convincing evidence of the agreement giving rise to lower prices, it may be that the benefit of any cost savings accrue only to the undertakings concerned.”

265.  There is no rigorous assessment in the respondents’ evidence of the extent to which the cost savings claimed to result from the Floor Allocation Arrangement were likely to be passed on to the tenants, by reference to the characteristics and structure of the market, the nature and magnitude of the efficiency gains, the elasticity of demand, the magnitude of the restriction of competition,[34] the tenants’ price‑sensitivities, and the respondents’ own capacity constraints.  For example, the incentive to pass on cost efficiencies may depend on whether an increase in demand will be generated by lowering prices, and on whether such increase in demand can be met by the respondents’ capacities.  Instead, Dr Pang observed that:

“ According to standard microeconomic theory, the substantial cost savings and efficiencies in turn enhance the ability of the Respondents to charge the tenants lower prices for the decorative work than they would have in the ‘but for’ world.”

266.  Based on microeconomic theory, however, Dr Jenkins has demonstrated that with the Floor Allocation Arrangement in place, a respondent faced no competitive pressure from the other respondents and would be likely to price up to just below the outside contractors.  There would be lower prices reflecting a transfer of the efficiency gains only if outside contractors have lower costs than all but the cheapest Appointed DC, for the equivalent service and quality offered.  In her own report Dr Pang did not suggest this condition was met in practice.  Instead, she stated that compared to outside contractors, the respondents were the lower‑cost providers because of the efficiency gains and scale economies, that the prices offered by the outside contractors were generally higher than those of the respondents (in the case of two respondents, 15% higher), and that even if some of the outside contractors’ prices might appear lower than the respondents’, the overall quality of the work offered by the respondents was likely to be superior (other things being equal).  In this connection, it can be seen from Appendix 2 to this judgment that even the least efficient respondent according to the table at §230 above (ie Tai Wah (R7)) was able to secure contracts for 73 flats despite the presence of “hundreds” of outside contractors.

267.  Given the attributes that differentiated the Appointed DCs from outside contractors for tenants to whom these attributes mattered, it would not be difficult for the respondents to price‑discriminate against them, ie charge a higher price to a tenant who wished to engage an Appointed DC (as opposed to an outside contractor) and who had little choice but to engage a particular respondent because of the Floor Allocation Arrangement.

268.  The respondents further rely on the prices published on 13 promotional flyers obtained from a neighbouring public housing estate, namely, On Tai Estate, which had been completed more recently. It is said that the prices offered by the Appointed DCs in that estate were higher than those offered by the respondents in On Tat Estate, even adjusting for inflation, and that this is proof that the respondents were able to and did lower their prices by virtue of the Floor Allocation Arrangement.  With respect, I am unable to place weight on this evidence.  The expert report stated the flyers were collected by the expert at the site, but Dr Pang said in oral evidence that they were in fact given to her by the representative of one of the respondents, namely, Chan Yiu Kwai (R6).  These were put forward as flyers for On Tai Estate (Phase 4), but many were in fact flyers for Phase 3.  Further, there is no basis to consider On Tai Estate (Phase 4) an appropriate proxy for the “but for” world in relation to On Tat Estate (Phase 1): there is no information who precisely the Appointed DCs were and what their cost structures were, what pattern the distribution of flats decorated by the Appointed DCs took, and what mutual agreements or arrangements (if any) they had entered into.  It also appears that the Appointed DCs did not share a site office in On Tat Estate (presumably with each setting up its own) or adopt any other cost saving joint endeavours that the Commission has not claimed to be infringements of the Ordinance.

269.  On the basis of the data provided by the respondents themselves to Dr Pang, they had significantly different costs.  Kam Kee (R5), for example, was substantially more efficient than the others judging from the data set out in the table at §230 above.  With the Floor Allocation Arrangement in place, the less efficient respondents were insulated from any competition from the more efficient ones.  The more efficient respondents had no incentive to price below the levels of the jointly fixed Package Prices which were profitable even for the less efficient respondents (eg the Flyer price of $21,880 for Package B for a 2‑3 person flat was still 25% higher than the cost of Tai Wah (R7) (ie $17,535), who had the highest cost among the respondents according to the table at §230 above).  With competition among the Appointed DCs, the tenants would benefit from the incentive for the respondents to price closer to their underlying expected costs to increase the chance of winning contracts.

270.  The elimination of rivalry from their closest competitors conferred upon the respondents the incentive and ability to raise prices.  The tenants were effectively deprived of any choice between Appointed DCs because only one of them would be prepared to take on work on any particular floor.  It is of particular importance in a case such as the present to balance the effect of the restriction on competition and the claimed benefits passed on to consumers.  But the same deficiency in the respondents’ analysis of the negative effects of the restrictions flowing from the impugned agreements (see §262 above) is reflected in their failure to assess whether the cost savings said to have been passed on to the tenants are sufficient to compensate for the anti-competitive disadvantages. 

271.  On the evidence I do not think there is any basis to conclude that the tenants who engaged the respondents had in fact received a fair share, indeed any share, of the cost efficiencies claimed.

G6.   Condition 3 — indispensability

272.  As the third condition for the defence, the statute requires that the agreement does not impose on the undertakings concerned restrictions that are not indispensable to the attainment of the efficiencies relied upon.  Implicitly, this means that both the agreement and also the individual restrictions flowing from it must be reasonably necessary for the attainment of the efficiencies: see Article 101(3) Guidelines, §73.  It is therefore relevant to inquire whether the efficiencies could be achieved by the undertakings on their own and, even if an agreement is necessary, whether another less restrictive type of agreement would suffice and whether the individual restrictions resulting from the agreement are each reasonably necessary in order to produce the efficiencies.

273.  In my judgment the respondents fail on both counts.  In her report, Dr Pang stated that she could think of no other less restrictive mechanism that would ensure that each respondent could concentrate their decorative work on a small number of specific floors so that each could take advantage of the scale economies and efficiencies from being able to conduct work in a larger number of flats on the same floor.

274.  Dr Pang’s opinion that a market allocation agreement among the respondents was necessary to generate floor‑based concentration of work and hence the efficiencies relied on is clearly based on her conception of the but‑for world.  For the reasons stated above in §§232-247, that hypothesis cannot be accepted.  It seems to me that if the alleged efficiencies existed to the extent claimed, then, as many of the respondents’ witnesses testified, substantial concentration by floor would also be achieved under normal conditions of competition.

275.  Further, even if some form of agreement was necessary for achieving floor‑based concentration of work, the respondents have failed to substantiate that the extent and intensity of restrictions imposed by the Floor Allocation Arrangement were reasonably necessary.  One can think of other arrangements which, though anti‑competitive, would be less restrictive of competition.  One example posited by the Commission is an arrangement between Appointed DCs that whichever of them wins the first flat on a floor wins the floor.  This arrangement is feasible provided there is a mechanism among the respondents to determine and publish who won the first flat on a particular floor.  Such a scheme, while still a contravention of the first conduct rule, would at least enable competition for entire floors — the respondents would compete with each other for the first flat on each floor, with benefit enuring to the tenants from this competition. The respondents have no valid answer to show why this will not work.

276.  In sum, the respondents have clearly failed to show that the Floor Allocation Arrangement, both as an agreement among themselves and in terms of the actual restrictions it imposed, was indispensable for attaining the efficiencies alleged.

G7.   Condition 4 — possibility of eliminating competition

277.  According to the fourth condition, the agreement must not afford the undertakings concerned the possibility of eliminating competition in respect of a substantial part of the goods or services in question.  This implies that efficiencies attained by agreements must never be allowed entirely to outweigh the protection of competition.

278.  This condition was not the direct subject of expert evidence in the present case.  While by virtue of the Floor Allocation Arrangement competition among the respondents themselves was excluded, it does not necessarily follow that all competition was eliminated.  On the other hand, while it is true that the respondents together won only 867 (ie 33.58%) out of the 2,582 flats, or (on my assumption, see §128 above) 38% of those that engaged decoration contractors, and while outside contractors decorated a substantial proportion of the other flats, it does not follow from this alone that the fourth condition is satisfied.  The impugned arrangement virtually removed all internal competition among all contractors that were subject to HKHA’s supervision and regulation.  There is some evidence that each Appointed DC’s capacity was only about 50‑70 flats at most[35] which would suggest the respondents had already virtually worked to their limit in On Tat Estate.  Further analysis of the market and the services would be required before one can conclude that competition in respect of a substantial part of the services was not eliminated, taking into account factors such as to what extent outside contractors’ services were considered to be substitutable in the eyes of the tenants, the actual costs of production and capacity constraints.  That analysis was not undertaken in this case.

279.  It must be concluded therefore that the respondents have also failed to establish that the Floor Allocation Agreement satisfied the fourth condition in s 1 of Schedule 1.

G8.   Conclusion

280.  For the above reasons, the respondents have in my view fallen very far short of satisfying the conditions of the efficiency defence.

281.  The respondents have not sought to justify the Package Price Arrangement separately by reference to the efficiency defence. Instead, it is simply said that had the Package Price Arrangement not existed, the purpose of the Floor Allocation Arrangement would have been undermined. Since the defence fails in relation to the latter, it is equally to be rejected in relation to the former.

H.   THE SUB‑CONTRACTOR DEFENCE

H1.   The parties’ contentions

282.  As mentioned above (§5(3)), both W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) contend that they are not liable for any contravention of the first conduct rule on the ground that the renovation business in relation to On Tat Estate (Phase 1) was carried out by a separate undertaking.  They only let their names be used by their respective “sub‑contractors”, and if any agreement had been made infringing the Ordinance, it was their sub‑contractors, as separate undertakings of which these two respondents did not form part, who had entered into such agreement without their knowledge.  As their arguments are similar, I deal with them together after setting out the relevant facts respectively.

283.  W Hing (R1) has submitted that the “sub‑contractors” are more accurately described as “assignees” of the Licence.  Nothing however turns on the label used provided the actual relationship is clear, and for convenience I shall continue to use the term “sub‑contractors”.

284.  For its part, the Commission does not dispute the facts relied on for the sub-contractor defence, but contends that on those facts the proper conclusion is that W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) each formed a single economic unit with its sub‑contractor and, therefore, an undertaking, within the meaning of the Ordinance.  As its secondary positions the Commission submits that the sub‑contracting arrangements should as a matter of public policy be refused recognition so that the respondent should be held responsible for all the acts of its sub‑contractor in On Tat Estate (Phase 1), and, further or alternatively, that on the basis of the approach adopted in Case C‑542/14 SIA ‘VM Remonts’ v Konkurences padome, the respondent should be held liable for the acts of its sub‑contractor on the ground that the respondent could reasonably have foreseen the anti‑competitive acts of the sub‑contractor and was prepared to accept the risk that they entailed.

H2.   Facts concerning W Hing (R1)

285.  W Hing had been a decoration contractor on HKHA’s Reference List since 1994.  However, because the scale of decoration works for public housing units was small with a relatively low profit margin, it was not W Hing’s business focus.  Every time W Hing came top in the priority list and became an Appointed DC, it “sublet” the business to a “sub‑contractor” in return for a lump sum fee and did not become involved in the actual day‑to‑day operation of that business.

286.  In the case of On Tat Estate (Phase 1), two days after receiving HKHA’s offer to appoint W Hing as an Appointed DC on 3 August 2016, one Ng Tat Leung George (a director of W Hing) signed the reply slips stamped with W Hing’s circular chop and sent them back to HKHA, accepting the appointment. 

287.  Shortly after W Hing indicated acceptance of the appointment, Philip Wong, another director of W Hing, was introduced to WC Wong, through an intermediary, as someone interested in undertaking decoration works for tenants in the Estate.  Philip Wong did not know WC Wong before but he trusted the friend who introduced him, and agreed with WC Wong orally that W Hing would “sublet” the works to him on the following terms:

(1)   WC Wong would pay a lump sum of $200,000 to W Hing prior to the signing of the Licence.

(2)   W Hing would assign all its rights under the Licence to WC Wong and allow him to undertake decoration works in On Tat Estate in the name of W Hing.

(3)   W Hing would only be responsible for signing the Licence.  All other rights and obligations under the Licence would be WC Wong’s.

(4)   All revenues, expenses and profits derived or generated under the Licence or incidental thereto would solely be WC Wong’s.

(5)   All revenues received from the works for the tenants would be received directly by WC Wong.

288.  Pursuant to the agreement, WC Wong paid $200,000 to W Hing by a cheque dated 14 August 2015.

289.  There was some confusion in Philip Wong’s oral evidence as to how the surety bond was obtained, but I am prepared to accept the consistent stance of Philip Wong and WC Wong that it was arranged by WC Wong, at his own cost, with Wing Lung Insurance Co Ltd.  That evidence is inherently credible and the money trail for the payment could be readily verified with the insurer if need be.  The bond was, however, sent in draft to W Hing and stamped with W Hing’s seal and signed by Philip Wong and another representative of W Hing.  The bond was issued as a guarantee to HKHA for the performance of W Hing’s obligations as the Licensee. 

290.  On 10 June 2016, WC Wong also procured a contractors all risks policy issued by Wing Lung Insurance Co Ltd, pursuant to the requirement of the Licence.  WC Wong paid the premium of $5,000 but the policy was issued to W Hing.  The insured was stated to be “W Hing Construction Co Ltd as contractor &/or all its sub‑contractors and Hong Kong Housing Authority and Nice Property Management Ltd and Tenants as principal”; the contract was stated to be “Interior decoration and renovation works at On Tat Estate (Phase 1)”.

291.  On 20 August 2015, WC Wong (and an assistant of his) attended the briefing session organised by HKHA together with Chu Lok Yin (W Hing’s Project Director) and Lui Kwok Leung (W Hing’s Quantity Surveying Manager).  Mr Chu and Mr Lui signed the Licence on behalf of W Hing while WC Wong signed as a witness.  Mr Chu and Mr Lui also each signed an authorisation letter to allow the Police to provide their criminal record searches to HKHA. 

292.  WC Wong arranged for one Yu Sung Ching (“Yu”) to attend the further briefing session on 30 December 2015.  Yu was named as site supervisory staff for W Hing in the form submitted to HKHA.  In around end of May 2016, Yu signed an authorisation letter for the police to disclose to HKHA information about any criminal record of himself.  Philip Wong signed that letter as a witness, in his capacity as an authorised signatory of W Hing.  The letter was also stamped with W Hing’s usual circular chop.

293.  The respondents’ joint letter dated 30 May 2016 requesting for approval for the setting up of the Site Office was signed by Yu on behalf of W Hing with an oval chop bearing the Chinese name of W Hing.  The agreement dated 9 August 2016 for use of the Site Office was signed by WC Wong and stamped again with the oval chop.  That chop was apparently prepared by WC Wong or Yu for use in relation to On Tat Estate (Phase 1).

294.  As a matter of fact, WC Wong and his associates were responsible for setting up the Site Office, printing the Flyers, approaching and signing contracts with tenants, and carrying out the decoration works in the name of W Hing.  W Hing’s directors and “regular staff” were not involved.  Name cards of Yu and others bearing the name of W Hing were printed though they were not in the usual design of the name cards of W Hing’s “regular staff”.  The receipts issued to the tenants in the name of W Hing were signed by Yu and stamped with the oval chop.

H3.   Facts concerning Wide Project (R9)

295.  Wide Project (R9) is named in these proceedings as an individual, Mr Yeung Kwok Yee (“Yeung”), trading in sole proprietorship in the name of Wide Project Engineering & Construction Co. Since around 1984, Wide Project had been approved as a decoration contractor on HKHA’s Reference List, but works for individual HKHA flats had never been Wide Project’s primary business.  Instead, whenever Wide Project was offered the opportunity to become an Appointed DC, Yeung would seek a referral from one Mr Yue Tak Shing, a trusted senior person in the trade, for a reliable contractor to be appointed in Wide Project’s name.  Since around 2005, Mr Yue had always referred one Lee Kwok Keung (“Lee”) to Yeung. Lee at first traded in the name of Park Lee Interior Design & Decoration but had since become a director of a company incorporated in 2011 called Park Lee Interior Design & Decoration Ltd.

296.  When Yeung received HKHA’s notice dated 3 August 2015 offering to appoint Wide Project as an Appointed DC in relation to On Tat Estate (Phase 1), Yeung accepted the appointment the next day, signing the reply slip and stamping it with Wide Project’s chop.  At around the same time, he sought a referral from Mr Yue who again suggested Lee for the purpose of taking up the appointment in Wide Project’s name.  Yeung and Lee had a discussion and came to an oral agreement as follows:

(1)   All the rights to carry out decoration works for the tenants would be assigned or sub‑licensed to Lee in return for the lump sum of $200,000, of which $150,000 was paid upon the signing of the Licence and $50,000 in January 2016.

(2)   Yeung would sign the Licence with HKHA.

(3)   Thereafter Lee would independently handle the decoration works without any interference from or involvement of Yeung.  Lee would be responsible for all expenses and entitled to all revenues of such works.

(4)   Lee would comply with the terms and conditions of the Licence and observe all applicable laws.

(5)   Lee would indemnify Yeung against all losses and liabilities as a result of any act, default, or contravention of the law on the part of Lee.

297.  On 11 August 2015, a surety bond was issued by Wing Lung Insurance Co Ltd to guarantee the performance of Yeung trading as Wide Project.  It was signed and stamped by Yeung but presumably paid for by Lee. 

298.  Yeung did not attend the briefing session on 20 August 2015 as he was travelling on that date.  Lee attended instead in the name of Wide Project.  Yeung subsequently attended the management office of On Tat Estate on 24 August 2015 to sign the Licence.  He also signed an authorisation letter for HKHA to make a criminal record check on himself with the Police. 

299.  Thereafter Yeung let Lee handle every aspect of the decoration business of On Tat Estate in Wide Project’s name.  Yeung signed and stamped Wide Project’s chop on certain forms in June 2016 to report the names of workers to HKHA so that the necessary criminal record check could be conducted, though the information was filled in by Lee or his team.  A contractors all risks policy was issued in favour of Wide Project on 8 June 2016 in terms similar to the policy obtained by W Hing (R1) described above, which must have been based on an application signed by Yeung. But, as with the bond, I proceed on the basis that it was paid for by Lee.

300.  Lee was not an employee of Wide Project.  In fact, at the time Wide Project had only one employee, who was Yeung’s secretary.  Lee enlisted workers or partners (including Mak Sau Kwan, who shared the profits with Lee) to work in On Tat Estate though they were reported by Wide Project to HKHA as Wide Project’s workers.  The work orders did not specify the decorator as Wide Project but there can be no doubt that Lee and his team were working in the name of Wide Project and the tenants engaged them on that basis.  In his evidence Yeung also accepted Wide Project was party to the decoration contracts.  It is accepted that Lee did not have to apportion his profits with or account for them to Yeung, and did not report to Yeung in relation to the decoration works at On Tat Estate.

H4.   The legal principles

301.  As defined in s 2 of the Ordinance, an undertaking

“ means any entity, regardless of its legal status or the way in which it is financed, engaged in economic activity, and includes a natural person engaged in economic activity.”

302.  Following EU law, the competition rules in the Ordinance apply to the actions of undertakings.  The key organising concept is that of the single economic unit.  Thus the first conduct rule, as formulated, prohibits relevant agreements between undertakings rather than between persons.  As the CJEU stated in Akzo Nobel and Others v Commission (Case C‑97/08P) (at §55), the concept of an undertaking “must be understood as designating an economic unit even if in law that economic unit consists of several persons, natural or legal …” and (at §56): “When such an economic entity infringes the competition rules, it falls, according to the principle of personal responsibility, to that entity to answer for that infringement”.

303.  While the competition rules target undertakings, in accordance with general legal principles, applications brought in the Tribunal and orders made by the Tribunal are necessarily addressed to legal entities.  Thus ss 92‑94 of the Ordinance allow the Commission to apply for and the Tribunal to make orders against persons who have contravened or been involved in a contravention of a competition rule. Accordingly, when liability is to be attached for infringement by an undertaking, the infringement must be imputed to one or more person against whom legal proceedings may be instituted and on whom orders including financial penalties may be imposed.

304.  There have been many cases in the EU raising the question whether or not separate entities form a single economic unit and therefore one undertaking.  The question has arisen in different contexts, such as whether two or more entities form a single undertaking so that any agreement among them does not fall within Art 101(1) of the TFEU as it is not an agreement “between undertakings”,[36] as in C‑73/95P Viho v Commission.  Another context, more pertinent for present purposes, is whether certain entities together form an undertaking so that the infringing conduct of one entity is attributable to the others on the basis they are comprised within the same undertaking, as was the question in Akzo Nobel.

305.  The question has arisen in the cases with regard to a parent company and its subsidiary, a principal and his agent, and a firm and its commercial representative.  Various factors may be relevant to the question and different factors may attract different weight in different types of situation.  Thus, in the context of a parent and subsidiary, an important factor is whether the parent exercises “decisive influence”[37] over the relevant activities or policies of the subsidiary.  In relation to principal and agent, the case law indicates that where the agent bears no financial risk, even if it might look like a separate entity, it is to be treated as an “auxiliary organ” of the principal, and on that basis arrangements such as the principal dictating pricing to the agent are not caught as price fixing agreements because they are between two parts of the same undertaking.[38]

306.  Another approach that has been used, which seems to me to be more apt for present purposes, is to ask whether or not there is unity in the conduct of the relevant entities on the market: Case T‑66/99 Minoan Lines SA v Commission, §123; Case 48/69 ICI v Commission [1972] ECR 619, §140; Case T‑541/08 Sasol v Commission, §31.

307.  Whether third parties perceive the principal and agent as forming a single economic entity is a relevant factor, as shown by Minoan Lines.  In that case the EU Commission had found that several undertakings (including Minoan Lines) which provided ferry services between Greece and Italy had infringed Art 85(1) of the EC Treaty by agreeing on the levels of fares on certain routes.  Minoan Lines attacked the decision on the ground that the Commission had wrongly imputed to it the activities of European Trust Agency (ETA).  The Court of First Instance of the EU rejected the challenge, laying emphasis on the fact that the relevant actions and initiatives of ETA were not undertaken by ETA in its own name and on its own behalf, but in the name of and on behalf of Minoan Lines (see §§109 & 129).  It will be noted that the facts of that case are different from those here, in particular because ETA took on no financial risk in connection with the relevant business.

308.  W Hing (R1) placed reliance on EU Commission Regulation No. 1407/2013 which laid down an exhaustive list of criteria for determining when two or more enterprises within the same Member State are to be considered as a single undertaking.  This regulation, however, concerns the application of Arts 107 and 108 of the TFEU in connection with the question of the de minimis state aid that a single undertaking may receive per Member State.  It seems to me the list of criteria which was introduced in order to provide certainty and reduce the administrative burden in that specific area provides no assistance in the present case.

H5.   Discussion

309.  The issue arising in the present case is not similar to that in parent‑subsidiary cases or principal‑agent cases, and neither control and influence nor financial risks seem to me to be the focal point of enquiry.  Rather, in a case such as this whose facts are not comparable to any decided cases counsel can locate, one needs to begin with the statute.  In defining “undertaking”, the statute directs attention to the questions of (i) what is the relevant economic activity that was engaged in; (ii) what is the entity engaged in that activity; and (iii) what persons are comprised in that entity.

310.  The Licence was offered to and signed by W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9).  Only they and not their sub‑contractors were on the Reference List and as such eligible for the Licence.  It was the respondent who had to have fulfilled the relevant financial and other eligibility requirements.  It was the respondent who was the Appointed DC.  It is not in dispute that the Licence was a contract between HKHA and the respondent, not its sub‑contractor.  While the respondent in effect purported to give the sub‑contractor the benefits of this contract, its obligations thereunder could not be assigned.  It is the respondent who was and remained throughout responsible to HKHA for compliance with the conditions of the Licence.

311.  The terms of the Licence made clear it was the respondent who would be carrying out the decoration works in the Estate.  No rights or obligations under the Licence could be either sub‑contracted or assigned by the respondent without written approval of HKHA, which was never sought by W Hing (R1) or Wide Project (R9).  Indeed, HKHA was not aware of the existence of the sub‑contractors.

312.  As was accepted by W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9), if the performance of the decoration works was poor, HKHA would hold them responsible.  The monitoring scheme applied over a rolling three‑year period and thus covered the works by the respondent on any projects during that time irrespective of the personnel undertaking the actual work. Further, under the Licence it was the respondent who was required to indemnify HKHA in respect of any loss or damage.

313.  Under the Licence it was the respondent who was required to maintain a surety bond and proper insurance cover.  The bond and the policy were both issued in the name of the respondent, not the sub‑contractor. It was the respondent, not the sub‑contractor, who was party to the relevant contracts with the insurance company. 

314.  The Site Office was applied for in the name of the respondent, not the sub‑contractor.  The licence to occupy the Site Office was issued to the respondent.  The desk in the Site Office was labelled with the name of the respondent.  It was the respondent who was contractually liable to HKHA for the rent.

315.  The decoration works were promoted to the tenants in the name of the respondent.  The sales staff distributed business cards bearing the name of the respondent.  The work orders and receipts for payment were issued to the tenants in the name of the respondent.  The contracts with the tenants were plainly made in the name of the respondent.  If a tenant defaulted in payment, a claim could only be made against him by the respondent.  A claim made in the name of WC Wong or Lee would be liable to be struck out.  Likewise, if a tenant made a contractual claim in relation to the works, whether for defective workmanship or otherwise, it would have to be made against the respondent with whom there was a contract.  If a tenant wished to enforce the six‑month warranty contained in the standard terms and conditions printed on the work order, he would have to pursue the respondent (although the respondent might then ask the sub‑contractor to rectify the defects).

316.  The picture emerged clearly in the cross‑examination of the witnesses of W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) respectively:

(1)   Philip Wong (R1)

“ Q. … The key issue here is that it was critical under this scheme in relation to criminal checks, financial soundness, terms and conditions and performance monitoring, that it was the decorating contractor that remained responsible for the works. That’s correct, isn’t it?

A. But if the performance of the subcontractor was poor, the Housing Authority could let us know, and we could follow up the matter.

Q. So you are saying that the Housing Authority would hold you responsible and ask you to make the subcontractor act better, is that what you’re saying?

A. Yes.

…

Q. And so the licensee must remain responsible in relation to that schedule of conditions, mustn’t it?

A. Yes.

Q. So this is an important responsibility that you could not give away, wasn’t it?

A. Correct.

Q. So if anyone working under the rights conferred by the W Hing licence breached any of those conditions, you were liable to the Housing Authority, weren’t you?

A. Right.

…

Q. And you are the relevant contractor for these purposes under the terms of the reference list scheme and the licence, aren’t you?

A. Right.

…

Q. And you say in paragraph 6 that you don’t maintain internal resources for public housing units. That’s correct, isn’t it?

A. Correct.

Q. So you always need to bring people in to do work in your name, don’t you?

A. Every time we subcontracted the works to other people and the subcontractor would bring in their people to do the work.

Q. But the work would always be in your name, wouldn’t it?

A. Correct.

Q. And we discussed yesterday how you, W Hing, would retain responsibilities and obligations in relation to that work, didn’t we?

A. Correct. Yes, we were responsible in relation to the decoration works.

…

Q. The quality of the decoration works were your responsibility in the end, weren’t they, under the warranty?

A. Correct.

Q. Thank you. So Mr Wong was doing the work in the name of W Hing, and you recognised that Mr Wong and the people working with him would have to represent to tenants that they were working in the name of W Hing. You recognised that, didn’t you?

A. I did not know how they work on the site. I did not know the actual mechanism, but I expected that they would use the name of W Hing.

…

Q. But you would expect that they had to represent themselves as working for W Hing since W Hing was the appointed contractor, didn’t you?

   A.    It is what I expected.”

(2)   Yeung (R9)

“ Q. So Mr Yeung, what we see with the licence and the reference scheme and the contract terms is a whole scheme built by the Housing Authority around the licensee being responsible for the decorating works, don’t we?

A. Correct.

Q. And it’s you being monitored for the quality of the work by the Housing Authority, as we’ve agreed?

A. Yes.

Q. And you providing the warranty that we’ve just been looking at?

A. Yes.

Q. And any enforcement action by the Housing Authority being directed against you as the licensee?

A. Yes.

Q. And we also saw in the licence that you’re not permitted to subcontract or assign any of your rights to carry out decoration works?

A. Correct.

Q. And all of the works were carried out in your name on this statement?

A. That’s correct.

Q. When I say “all of the works” I mean all of the works attributed to Wide Project were carried out in your name?

A. Yes.

Q. So it doesn’t matter how you decide to pay your staff or structure any commission system to pay your staff, you remain responsible for the works, don’t you?

A. Yes.

Q. And Mr Lee, who you’ve referred to in your witness statement, you’d known Mr Lee for many years and trusted him, didn’t you?

A. Yes.

Q. And so you didn’t need to give him day‑to‑day instructions or monitor him on how he carried out the work?

A. Correct.

Q. So you brought in Mr Lee, you trusted him, Mr Lee brought in other people to help him, and they did the work for Wide Project?

A. Yes.”

317.  On these facts, the answers to the questions posed in §309 above are in my view clear.  The relevant economic activity was the commercial provision of decoration services to individual tenants in On Tat Estate (Phase 1) in the period from June to November 2016.  The entities engaged in that activity were, so far as relevant, the entities operating there in the name of W Hing and Wide Project respectively.  In each case the entity comprised both the respondent and the sub‑contractor.  In order to undertake and deliver the economic activity which is the subject matter of the infringements, both the respondent and the sub‑contractor were necessary and had to act together.  Decoration services were offered in the name of the respondent. It was the respondent that entered into contractual relationship with and undertook obligations to HKHA and the tenants.  The respondent, for a fixed sum, permitted the sub‑contractor to provide decoration services in the name of the respondent and in discharge of the respondent’s obligations to the tenants, in return for fees paid by the tenants which the sub‑contractor was allowed to keep.  The respondent completely delegated to the sub‑contractor the physical carrying on of the business in its name.  There is, as it seems to me, unity in their conduct on the market.  It was a joint exercise in which the respondent brought in its status as an Appointed DC and the associated rights and took on responsibilities and obligations towards HKHA and the tenants, whilst the sub‑contractor brought in workers, raw materials, site supervision and management.

318.  W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) emphasise that their sub‑contractors bore the risks of profit and loss on the decoration business.  It is argued that this makes them independent traders on their own account and separate undertakings from the respondents.  Reliance is placed on parts of the European Commission’s Guidelines on Vertical Restraints (2010/C 130/01) (§§13‑21) and an earlier Notice on exclusive dealing contracts with commercial agents (OJ 139, 24 December 1962, pp 2921‑62).  These materials, which concern the question whether an agreement is a true “agency agreement” so that it falls outside the scope of Art 101(1), do not in my view go to the crux of the problem in this case. Nor do the decisions in Case C-217/05 Confederación Española de Empresarios de Estaciones de Servicio v Compañía Española de Petróleos SA andCase T‑418/10 Voestalpine AG v Commission,which are principal and agent cases relied upon by Wide Project (R9), meet the focus of this case.

319.  Although as between the respondent and its sub‑contractor, it was the latter who took the profit or bore the loss, it would be incorrect to suggest that the respondent bore no risks.  The respondent was the contracting party with the outside world and clearly assumed the risks externally.  If the sub‑contractor disappeared or became insolvent or otherwise incapable of further performance, it was the respondent who had to pick up the pieces vis-à-vis HKHA and the tenants.  If the sub‑contractor performed poorly, it would be the respondent who had to face disciplinary action by HKHA and claims by the tenants.  The agreement between the respondent and the sub‑contractor could hardly be raised as a defence to any action by HKHA or the tenants against the respondent.

320.  W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) rely on the fact, inter alia, that: (i) each of them received a fixed fee of $200,000 from the sub‑contractor but did not thereafter derive any profit or income from the decoration works; (ii) they did not incur any expenditure in relation to the performance of the decoration works; (iii) the workers who actually carried out the decoration works were not employees on their payroll, but were engaged by the sub‑contractors; and (iv) the surety bond and insurance policy were procured at the cost of the sub‑contractors.  These are not in dispute but they concern without exception the internal, private relationship between the respondent and the sub‑contractor.

321.  From the point of view of HKHA, the other respondents, the tenants who engaged them for decoration works and, indeed, the rest of the world, a very different picture emerged, as explained above.  The part played by the respondent is not just a matter of appearance, but is substantiated by a wide range of legal and economic obligations actually retained by W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) in relation to the works undertaken by their “sub‑contractors”.

322.  It would simply be wishful thinking for the respondent to assume, as submitted by counsel, that it dropped “completely out of the picture” upon admitting a subcontractor to “take over” the works.  As far as the outside world was concerned, the sub‑contractor never came into the picture and the respondent never went out of it. 

323.  It has been submitted on behalf of W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) that it would be open to the Commission to bring proceedings against the sub‑contractors instead of against them.  In my judgment, while the sub‑contractor may well be liable for the infringing conduct as another person comprised in the same undertaking, this does not preclude the Commission from proceeding against the respondent who, on the above analysis, must be regarded as a person comprised in the undertaking in question and therefore liable for the contraventions of the first conduct rule.

H6.   Tai Dou (R4)

324.  Tai Dou (R4) is a partnership consisting of 4 partners, being the two persons named in the Originating Notice of Application (namely, Cheung Yiu Fai Danny and Wong Tung Hoi) as well as Mr Pacquet Wong and Madam To Suet Chun.[39] It attempted at a very late stage to raise a similar argument but, for the reasons set out in this Tribunal’s Reasons for Decision dated 31 October 2018, was not allowed to do so.  In so far as counsel sought in closing submissions to run the sub‑contractor defence on behalf of Tai Dou (R4), I consider that the argument is inadmissible.

325.  On the basis of its existing Response (filed jointly with the 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents), Tai Dou (R4) admits that it attended the worship ceremony at the Site Office on 16 June 2016 and that lots were drawn there (though it is averred it was for the purpose of allocating desks in the Site Office).  From the evidence, it can be seen that Pacquet Wong, an undisputed partner of Tai Dou (R4), signed the reply accepting the appointment as an Appointed DC, signed the surety bond, signed the Licence, signed and submitted to HKHA a list of staff and workers, attended the briefing session on 20 August 2015 and named KC Ho as the contact person.  The evidence shows that those working in On Tat Estate (Phase 1) in the name of Tai Dou (R4) included KC Ho and Ma Yick Yin. 

326.  A witness statement of KC Ho was originally filed on behalf of Tai Dou (R4), in which he described himself as the General Manager of Tai Dou (R4).  In early October 2018, Tai Dou (R4), having replaced its previous lawyers, indicated that it would not be calling KC Ho.  The 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents then indicated their intention to call him and also filed a witness statement of Ma Yick Yin.  Eventually, KC Ho was not called to testify, and his statement is therefore to be disregarded.  Ma Yick Yin was called, and said that he considered KC Ho the general manager of Tai Dou (R4), that he worked in On Tat Estate (Phase 1) in accordance with KC Ho’s instructions, and that he and the workers used business cards with Tai Dou (R4)’s name. There are also receipts issued to tenants bearing an oval chop stating “Tai Dou Building Co” in both Chinese and English. 

327.  Despite KC Ho’s absence, based on all the other evidence there is no doubt that KC Ho and the team working there in the name of Tai Dou (R4) had engaged in the Floor Allocation Arrangement and the Package Price Arrangement.  Counsel’s argument that there is a possibility that Tai Dou (R4) did not enter into any arrangement with others but simply obtained decoration work from the remaining floors because they were not allocated to any of the other respondents, seems to me, with respect, to be wholly unrealistic.

328.  It is clear that the undertaking operating in On Tat Estate (Phase 1) was the partnership Tai Dou.  The two named persons each being a partner must be held responsible as persons comprised in the undertaking.  Counsel’s argument that there is nothing to show that they personally took part in or were aware of the conduct impugned is beside the point.

H7.   Conclusion

329.  For the above reasons the sub‑contractor defence fails.  It is accordingly unnecessary to deal with the Commission’s arguments based on illegality or public policy and on VM Remonts.

I.   SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

330.  Between June and November 2016, the respondents, each an Appointed DC in On Tat Estate (Phase 1), made and gave effect to an agreement — the Floor Allocation Arrangement — with one another, whereby they were each allocated 4 floors in each of the 3 buildings in the pattern set out in §29 above for the purposes of taking up decoration business.  They agreed not to actively seek business from tenants on floors allocated to the other respondents.  If approached by those tenants, they would direct them to the respondents who had been allocated the relevant floors and, unless the tenants insisted, they would decline business from them.  This agreement was implemented, resulting in the pattern of distribution of the flats decorated by the respondents as shown in Appendix 2.  Such conduct consisted of the allocation of market for the supply of services and hence constituted “serious anti-competitive conduct”.

331.  During the same period of time, the respondents made and gave effect to an agreement — the Package Price Arrangement — with one another, whereby they agreed on the prices of the Packages to be put on a joint Flyer for On Tat Estate (Phase 1).  Each of them agreed to and contributed financially to the printing of the Flyers.  The Flyers were used by the respondents for promotional purposes and distributed to tenants.  The prices in the Flyer served as a starting point or anchoring reference point for negotiations with many if not all customers where their requirements included the Package items. In a number of contracts, the prices in the Flyer were or were near the final prices.  Such conduct consisted of fixing the price for the supply of services and therefore also constituted “serious anti-competitive conduct”.

332.  Both the Floor Allocation Arrangement and the Package Price Arrangement had the object of preventing, restricting or distorting competition in Hong Kong.

333.  As a matter of construction, the burden of establishing the efficiency defence on the balance of probabilities lies on the respondents.  While this engages the presumption of innocence, the incidence of the burden satisfies the 4-step proportionality analysis.

334.  The efficiency defence fails as this Tribunal is not satisfied that the agreements in question generated efficiencies that compensated for the harm resulting from the restriction of competition imposed by the agreements, or that they allowed the respondents’ customers a fair share of the resulting benefit, or that they imposed restrictions that were indispensable to the attainment of the objectives, or that they did not afford the respondents the possibility of eliminating competition in respect of a substantial part of the services in question.

335.  Notwithstanding that W Hing (R1) and Wide Project (R9) had, in return for a fixed lump sum fee received in advance, let other persons carry out the operations of the decoration work at On Tat Estate (Phase 1) in their names, they were comprised in the undertakings that were engaged in the provision of decoration services there and which made and gave effect to the agreements impugned.

336.  Accordingly, each of the 10 respondents is a person or (in the case of partnerships) are persons who have contravened the first conduct rule.

337.  The orders sought by the Commission include (i) a pecuniary penalty under s 93 in respect of each contravention; (ii) declarations of contravention; (iii) an order under s 96 for the respondents to pay to the Government sums in respect of the costs of and incidental to the investigation into their conduct; and (iv) costs of the proceedings in the Tribunal.  These matters are to be determined after a further hearing.

 
 

 (Godfrey Lam)
 President of the Competition Tribunal

  

Mr Daniel Beard QC, Mr Abraham Chan SC and Mr Byron Chiu, instructed by King & Wood Mallesons, for the Applicant

Mr Harrison Cheung, instructed by Wong & Lawyers, for the 1st Respondent

Mr Carter Chim, Mr Thomas WK Wong and Ms Joyce YY Kwok, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 2nd and 3rd Respondents

Ms Sharon Ng, instructed by Henry Wan & Yeung, for the 4th Respondent

Mr Hectar Pun SC (on 18-20 December 2018 only), Mr Anson Wong Yu Yat and Ms Allison Wong, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 5th Respondent

Mr Richard Yip and Ms Tara Liao, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th Respondents

Ms Connie Lee and Mr Tommy Cheung, instructed by Benjamin Au & Billy Chan, Solicitors, for the 9th Respondent






APPENDIX 1




APPENDIX 2

Chun Tat House

FloorRespondent who was allocated that floor under the Floor Allocation ArrangementNumber of flats decorated by that RespondentNumber of flats decorated by other Respondents
40 Luen Hop (R10) 5 3
39 Wide Project (R9) 7 0
38 Wai Sun (R8) 10 0
37 Tai Wah (R7) 4 0
36 Hip Yick (R6) 4 0
35 Kam Kee (R5) 11 0
34 Tai Dou (R4) 6 0
33 Mau Hang (R3) 4 0
32 Sun Spark (R2) 0 0
31 W Hing (R1) 8 0
30 Luen Hop (R10) 8 0
29 Wide Project (R9) 9 0
28 Wai Sun (R8) 9 0
27 Tai Wah (R7) 6 0
26 Hip Yick (R6) 4 0
25 Kam Kee (R5) 14 0
24 Tai Dou (R4) 5 0
23 Mau Hang (R3) 6 0
22 Sun Spark (R2) 5 0
21 W Hing (R1) 9 0
20 Luen Hop (R10) 10 0
19 Wide Project (R9) 9 0
18 Wai Sun (R8) 6 0
17 Tai Wah (R7) 10 0
16 Hip Yick (R6) 4 0
15 Kam Kee (R5) 2 0
14 Tai Dou (R4) 7 0
13 Mau Hang (R3) 11 0
12 Sun Spark (R2) 9 0
11 W Hing (R1) 10 0
10 Luen Hop (R10) 12 0
9 Wide Project (R9) 14 0
8 Wai Sun (R8) 15 0
7 Tai Wah (R7) 9 0
6 Hip Yick (R6) 5 0
5 Kam Kee (R5) 10 0
4 Tai Dou (R4) 6 0
3 Mau Hang (R3) 2 2
2 Sun Spark (R2) 0 6
1 W Hing (R1) 3 4
Total  28815

Oi Tat House

FloorRespondent who was allocated that floor under the Floor Allocation ArrangementNumber of flats decorated by that RespondentNumber of flats decorated by other Respondents
40 Tai Wah (R7) 6 0
39 Hip Yick (R6) 4 0
38 Kam Kee (R5) 5 0
37 Tai Dou (R4) 8 0
36 Mau Hang (R3) 3 0
35 Sun Spark (R2) 0 0
34 W Hing (R1) 9 0
33 Luen Hop (R10) 8 0
32 Wide Project (R9) 10 0
31 Wai Sun (R8) 6 0
30 Tai Wah (R7) 10 0
29 Hip Yick (R6) 4 0
28 Kam Kee (R5) 9 0
27 Tai Dou (R4) 6 0
26 Mau Hang (R3) 9 0
25 Sun Spark (R2) 4 0
24 W Hing (R1) 8 0
23 Luen Hop (R10) 10 0
22 Wide Project (R9) 12 0
21 Wai Sun (R8) 10 0
20 Tai Wah (R7) 6 0
19 Hip Yick (R6) 4 0
18 Kam Kee (R5) 9 0
17 Tai Dou (R4) 7 0
16 Mau Hang (R3) 8 0
15 Sun Spark (R2) 4 0
14 W Hing (R1) 7 0
13 Luen Hop (R10) 9 0
12 Wide Project (R9) 10 0
11 Wai Sun (R8) 6 0
10 Tai Wah (R7) 4 0
9 Hip Yick (R6) 4 0
8 Kam Kee (R5) 12 0
7 Tai Dou (R4) 2 0
6 Mau Hang (R3) 10 0
5 Sun Spark (R2) 2 0
4 W Hing (R1) 11 0
3 Luen Hop (R10) 3 0
2 Wide Project (R9) 0 3
1 Wai Sun (R8) 3 4
Total  2627

Shing Tat House

FloorRespondent who was allocated that floor under the Floor Allocation ArrangementNumber of flats decorated by that RespondentNumber of flats decorated by other Respondents
40 Mau Hang (R3) 9 0
39 Sun Spark (R2) 4 0
38 W Hing (R1) 7 0
37 Luen Hop (R10) 8 0
36 Wide Project (R9) 12 0
35 Wai Sun (R8) 5 0
34 Tai Wah (R7) 3 0
33 Hip Yick (R6) 4 0
32 Kam Kee (R5) 6 0
31 Tai Dou (R4) 11 0
30 Mau Hang (R3) 7 0
29 Sun Spark (R2) 5 0
28 W Hing (R1) 4 0
27 Luen Hop (R10) 9 0
26 Wide Project (R9) 10 0
25 Wai Sun (R8) 10 1
24 Tai Wah (R7) 10 0
23 Hip Yick (R6) 3 0
22 Kam Kee (R5) 8 0
21 Tai Dou (R4) 8 0
20 Mau Hang (R3) 10 0
19 Sun Spark (R2) 7 0
18 W Hing (R1) 5 0
17 Luen Hop (R10) 9 0
16 Wide Project (R9) 7 0
15 Wai Sun (R8) 6 0
14 Tai Wah (R7) 5 0
13 Hip Yick (R6) 4 0
12 Kam Kee (R5) 13 0
11 Tai Dou (R4) 12 0
10 Mau Hang (R3) 8 0
9 Sun Spark (R2) 6 0
8 W Hing (R1) 7 0
7 Luen Hop (R10) 8 0
6 Wide Project (R9) 13 0
5 Wai Sun (R8) 10 0
4 Tai Wah (R7) 0 9
3 Hip Yick (R6) 4 3
2 Kam Kee (R5) 4 0
1 Tai Dou (R4) 1 0
Total  28213



[1][2018] HKCT 6 (Reasons for Decision dated 31 October 2018).

[2] HKHA also operates a “Home Ownership Scheme” (“HOS”) whereby flats in HOS buildings erected by HKHA are sold to successful eligible applicants at subsidized prices.  The Decoration Contractor System is also operated for new HOS buildings.  For the purposes of this case, however, references to HOS buildings and flats will be omitted. 

[3] R2‑3’s Closing Submissions, §§43‑47; R4’s Closing Submissions, §§38‑44; R5’s Closing Submissions, §52; R6‑8 & 10’s Opening Submissions, §4.

[4] The quoted version is taken from the supplemental statement of Chim Lap Fan (R2), para 10(2).  There were very minor but immaterial variations for the other witnesses.

[5] §299.

[6] §394.

[7] which R4 subsequently unsuccessfully sought to disown: see the Tribunal’s Reasons for Decision dated 31 October 2018 [2018] HKCT 6.

[8] Annex to the Commission’s Closing Submissions.

[9] See United States v Socony-Vacuum Oil Co, 310 US 150, 221 (1940).

[10]Verizon Communications v Law Offices of Curtis V. Trinko, 540 US 398, 408 (2004).

[11] Now the Competition and Consumer Act 2010, as amended by the Competition and Consumer Amendment (Competition Policy Reform) Act 2017.

[12] Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union.

[13] Bills Committee on Competition Bill (Responses to follow-up questions arising from previous meetings) — paper for discussion on 21 June 2011, CB(1)2420/10‑11(02), §2.

[14] See clause 2 of the Notice.

[15] Eg Ibáñez Colomo and Lamadrid, “On the Notion of Restriction of Competition: What We Know and What We Don’t Know We Know”, in Gerard, Merola and Meyring (eds), The Notion of Restriction of Competition: Revisiting the Foundations of Antitrust Enforcement in Europe (Brussels: Bruylant, 2017), pp 333‑373.

[16] See para 107 of Van den Bergh Foods which in turn cites a long line of decisions of the General Court.

[17] Art 101(3), which is the equivalent of s 1 of Schedule 1 to the Ordinance, is quoted in §148 below.

[18] 867 ÷ 2,582 × 100%

[19] In the case of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents — see para 80 above.

[20][2018] HKCT 6.

[21] Section 8 of Hong Kong Bill of Rights Ordinance (Cap 383).

[22] It may also be noted that, in relation to abuse of dominance, it has also been held by the Grand Chamber of the CJEU that where a dominant undertaking contends that the exclusionary effect its conduct has produced may be counterbalanced by efficiency gains, it is for the undertaking to show that the efficiency gains counteract any likely negative effects on competition, that such conduct is necessary for the achievement of those efficiency gains and that it does not eliminate effective competition: Case C-209/10 Post Danmark A/S v Konkurrencerådet, §42.

[23] Pursuant to Art 51(1) of the Charter: “The provisions of this Charter are addressed to the institutions, bodies, offices and agencies of the Union with due regard for the principle of subsidiarity and to the Member States only when they are implementing Union law.  They shall therefore respect the rights, observe the principles and promote the application thereof in accordance with their respective powers and respecting the limits of the powers of the Union as conferred on it in the Treaties.”

[24] Art 48(1) reads: “Everyone who has been charged shall be presumed innocent until proved guilty according to law.”

[25] It provides: “The section 54 prohibition [ie prohibition of mergers resulting in a substantial lessening of competition] shall not apply to any merger if the economic efficiencies arising or that may arise from the merger outweigh the adverse effects due to the substantial lessening of competition in the relevant market in Singapore.”

[26] It provides: “The Tribunal shall not make an order under section 92 if it finds that the merger or proposed merger in respect of which the application is made has brought about or is likely to bring about gains in efficiency that will be greater than, and will offset, the effects of any prevention or lessening of competition that will result or is likely to result from the merger or proposed merger and that the gains in efficiency would not likely be attained if the order were made.”

[27] See paragraphs 1.14‑1.15 & 4.83 of the Guidelines on Mergers and Acquisitions in Hong Kong Telecommunications Markets issued in 2004 by the Telecommunications Authority pursuant to s 6D(2)(aa) of the Telecommunications Ordinance.

[28] Vivien Rose, “Reverse burdens of proof: the golden thread in Article 101(3) TFEU”, BEG/ALBA Annual Conference (May 2011).

[29] Paras 38 and 39.

[30] Para 45.

[31] Para 52.

[32] Kist & Centella, Coherence and Efficiency in a Decentralised Enforcement of EC Competition Rules: Some Reflections on the White Paper on Modernisation, in Ehlermann and Atanasiu (eds), European Competition Law Annual 2000: Volume 5, The Modernisation of EC Antitrust Policy (Hart Publishing 2001), at p 375.

[33][2018] HKCT 5.

[34] These four factors being factors suggested in Article 101(3) Guidelines, §96.

[35] According to Chan Yiu Kwai (R6).

[36] Although the first conduct rule in the Ordinance does not contain the phrase “between undertakings”, the Commission has recognised that the same approach applies: see the Commission’s Guideline on the First Conduct Rule, §§2.6-2.10.

[37]Akzo Nobel, para 60.

[38] See the Commission’s Guideline on the First Conduct Rule, §2.14.

[39] It is not clear why only two of the four partners have been named as respondents, but the Commission accepts that as such, only the two named persons can be subjected to any sanctions and orders imposed by the Tribunal in these proceedings.

[2018] HKCT 6-EN-2018-10-31

COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION CO LTD AND OTHERS

HTML content

CTEA 2/2017

[2018] HKCT 6

IN THE COMPETITION TRIBUNAL OF THE

HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION

COMPETITION TRIBUNAL ENFORCEMENT ACTION NO 2 OF 2017

____________

BETWEEN
 COMPETITION COMMISSIONApplicant
and
 W. HING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED1st Respondent
 (永興聯合建築有限公司) 
 SUN SPARK CONSTRUCTION LIMITED2nd Respondent
 (裕輝建築有限公司) 
 LAU CHUNG YAN (劉頌欣) and LAU CHUN KWOK 3rd Respondent
 ADAM (劉鎮國) (in partnership trading as MAU HANG 
 PAINTING & DECORATION CO (茂恒油漆裝飾公司)) 
 CHEUNG YIU FAI DANNY (張耀輝) and WONG4th Respondent
 TUNG HOI (黃東海) (in partnership trading as TAI DOU 
 BUILDING CONTRACTOR (大道建築公司)) 
 KAM KEE MACHINE ELECTRICAL IRON WORKS 5th Respondent
 COMPANY LIMITED (金記機電鐵器工程有限公司) 
 HUI TAK CHEONG KANLY (許德昌) and HUI TAK6th Respondent
 ON BRYAN (許德安) (in partnership trading as 
 HIP YICK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY (協益建築公司)) 
 SUEN SIK KAU (孫錫球) (trading as TAI WAH CIVIL 7th Respondent
 ENGINEERING (泰華土木工程)) 
 POON WAI WOON (潘維桓) and POON KAI WO8th Respondent
 JULIO (潘啟和) (in partnership trading as WAI SUN 
 IRON & DECORATION CO (維新鐵器裝修公司)) 
 YEUNG KWOK YEE (楊國儀) (trading as WIDE PROJECT ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION CO 9th Respondent
 (百達建築工程公司)) 
 LUEN HOP DECORATION ENGINEERING CO10th Respondent
 LIMITED (聯合裝飾工程有限公司) 

____________

Before:Hon G Lam J, President of the Competition Tribunal in Chambers
Date of Hearing:2 October 2018
Date of Decision:2 October 2018
Date of Reasons for Decision:31 October 2018

_________________________________

REASONS FOR DECISION

_________________________________

Introduction

1.  At the hearing fixed for the pre‑trial review of these proceedings, I heard and eventually dismissed the 4th respondent’s application to amend its Response and file three new witness statements in substitution for a statement already filed.  These are the reasons for my decision.

2.  By these proceedings the applicant (“Commission”) alleges that the 10 respondents were contractors, appointed from a reference list by the Hong Kong Housing Authority (“HKHA”), to perform decoration work for tenants of public housing units in three buildings (Phase 1) of On Tat Estate, Kwun Tong, although the tenants when engaging decoration contractors were not confined to those so appointed by the HKHA.  It is alleged that between June and November 2016, the respondents made or gave effect to an agreement or engaged in a concerted practice among themselves whereby they were each allocated various floors of each of the three buildings for which to carry out decoration work, and would not seek or accept business from tenants of other floors or would direct them to the respective respondents to whom those floors were allocated.  It is also alleged that the respondents made or gave effect to an agreement or engaged in a concerted practice whereby they jointly produced promotional flyers given to tenants setting out certain package prices which would be the prices used or offered by the respondents for the basic packages in the first instance.

3.  The Commission says that these arrangements contravened the first conduct rule in the Competition Ordinance (Cap 619) (“Ordinance”) and that, furthermore, they amounted to serious anti‑competitive conduct in the form of market sharing and price‑fixing respectively.  The Commission seeks a declaration accordingly and an order for pecuniary penalty against each of the respondents.

4.  The 4th respondent, as named in these proceedings, is two persons, namely, Cheung Yiu Fai Danny and Wong Tung Hoi, trading in partnership as “Tai Dou Building Contractor”.  I shall refer to the 4th respondent as “Tai Dou”.

Relevant course of proceedings

5.  Proceedings were brought in this Tribunal by the Commission’s Originating Notice of Application on 14 August 2017.  A Notice to Act was filed by Messrs Littlewoods as solicitors for the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents on 28 September 2017 together with a Response on behalf of these respondents filed pursuant to rule 75 of the Competition Tribunal Rules (Cap 619D).  The Response denies that there was any market sharing agreement or price‑fixing agreement as alleged.  It is averred, inter alia, that it was more economical for the respondents to carry out decoration work for flats located on the same floor and that the respondents were therefore inclined to seek business from tenants of the same floor.  It is averred that, if the alleged agreements existed, they did not contravene the first conduct rule since they in fact enhanced overall economic efficiency.

6.  On 23 October 2017, the first Case Management Conference (“CMC”) was held at which various directions were given for the further conduct of the proceedings including a direction that the trial be targeted to take place during the period of 12 November to 14 December 2018.

7.  On 19 April 2018, a witness statement made by Mr Ho Kit Chung (“KC Ho”) was filed by Littlewoods on behalf of Tai Dou.  In that statement KC Ho stated that he was the General Manager of Tai Dou and was authorised to make the statement on behalf of Tai Dou.  He said that whenever Tai Dou was invited by the HKHA to be a decoration contractor for public housing units, Tai Dou would contact him.  In response to the allegations about On Tat Estate, he said that Tai Dou did not enter into or authorised him or anyone to enter into any market sharing or price‑fixing arrangement.  He said, however, that there was a “Cleaning Agreement” among all the respondents whereby each respondent was to clean up four specified floors of each building.  Since Tai Dou was required to clean up certain floors (4th, 14th, 24th and 34th of Chun Tat House, 7th, 17th, 27th and 37th of Oi Tat House, and 1st, 11th, 21st and 31st floors of Shing Tat House), he decided that Tai Dou should target these floors and focus on tenants of these floors as customers for decoration work.  He said that the packages in the flyer were only a starting point and he tried to give as much discount to his customers as possible.  He gave examples of units where, he said, Tai Dou competed, rather than cooperated, with the other respondents.

8.  The second CMC was held on 4 June 2018 at which various further directions were given and the date of the pre-trial review fixed on 2 October 2018, with a view to the trial commencing on 12 November 2018.

9.  On 25 June 2018, a Notice of Change of Solicitors was filed on behalf of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents indicating that Messrs JCC Cheung & Co had been appointed to act in place of Littlewoods. 

10.  On 5 July 2018, JCC Cheung & Co filed a summons on behalf of those respondents seeking leave to change their expert and an extension of time for the filing of an expert report.  With considerable reluctance, the Tribunal permitted the expert to be changed and granted further time to the respondents to file expert evidence: see the Tribunal’s decision dated 10 July 2018.

11.  On 14 September 2018, a further Notice of Change of Solicitors was filed on behalf of Tai Dou stating that Messrs Henry Wan & Yeung, Solicitors had been appointed to act in place of JCC Cheung & Co.  On 24 September 2018, the present summons of Tai Dou was filed although it was only served on the Commission on 26 September. 

4th respondent’s applications

12.  The proposed Amended Response of Tai Dou was virtually a wholesale substitution of a new document for what had previously been pleaded.  It sought to say that neither Tai Dou nor any of its partners undertook any decoration work in relation to the three buildings in On Tat Estate, and that it was KC Ho, with whom Tai Dou had a “long‑standing informal arrangement since in or around 2006”, who undertook such work using the name of Tai Dou, as a sub-licensee or assignee of Tai Dou’s licence.  Once Tai Dou received an invitation from the HKHA to obtain a licence as an approved decoration contractor for public housing units, Madam To, one of the partners of Tai Dou, would inform KC Ho who would then decide whether to undertake the decoration work as invited by the HKHA.  Tai Dou “would then execute all necessary formalities to obtain a licence for the aforesaid decoration works”.  In carrying out such work, KC Ho did not report to Tai Dou.  He bore all the costs and retained all the revenues and profits.  If it was necessary to enter into any agreement or sign any document which might have legal effect on Tai Dou, KC Ho would have to inform and obtain the agreement of Pacquet Wong, a partner of Tai Dou.  It was, however, admitted that, in relation to On Tat Estate, Pacquet Wong replied to the HKHA to confirm Tai Dou’s acceptance of the appointment, executed a surety bond in the amount of HK$500,000, and accompanied KC Ho at the briefing session organised by the HKHA. 

13.  The proposed Amended Response went on to state that Tai Dou and its partners did not authorise KC Ho in the capacity of an agent or employee to undertake the relevant decoration work on behalf of Tai Dou or its partners, and that KC Ho operated as a separate and independent undertaking from Tai Dou and its partners in relation to such work.  It was not admitted that KC Ho had made or given effect to the alleged market sharing agreement or price‑fixing agreement, or that those agreements had an anti‑competitive object or effect.  It was said that Tai Dou did not make or give effect to the alleged agreements.

14.  The proposed three new witness statements were made by Wong Tung Hoi, Cheung Yiu Fai Danny and Pacquet Wong, in support of the new case in the proposed Amended Response.

Discussion

15.  The trial was originally scheduled to begin on 12 November 2018, with 25 days reserved.  Notwithstanding the order made on 26 September 2018 allowing the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents to file and serve witness statements verifying the factual matters referred to in their expert report dated 30 July 2018 (see the Tribunal’s decision: [2018] HKCT 5), Mr Abraham Chan SC who appeared on behalf of the Commission confirmed that, subject to the present application made by Tai Dou, the Commission would be ready to proceed with the trial commencing on 26 November 2018.  All the other respondents were ready to proceed on the same basis.  Tai Dou’s application was evidently made, on any view, at a very late stage, when the other parties were under a very tight timetable for taking steps in preparation for the trial (including, in the case of the Commission, the filing of factual evidence in response to the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents, experts’ reports, joint experts’ report, trial bundles, opening submissions and authorities) which has been anticipated for over a year to take place in November 2018.  I recognise that delay on its own may not be sufficient to justify a refusal of leave to amend pleadings: Topwell Corp Ltd v Kwan Kam Kee [2014] 5 HKLRD 1, §34, but as will be seen below it is important to place the application in the context of the procedural history and the forthcoming trial dates.

16.  The explanation put forward on behalf of Tai Dou for the need to make its applications and for their lateness was this.  Pacquet Wong, who held a wide power of attorney dated 2012 on behalf of all the partners of Tai Dou including himself, learnt in March 2017 that the Commission had begun investigation into Tai Dou’s conduct in the decoration work of On Tat Estate.  He spoke to KC Ho and decided to allow him to explain the matter and submit relevant documents to the Commission.  Subsequently, after Pacquet Wong received the Commission’s Originating Notice of Application in August 2017, he and Danny Cheung had a meeting with KC Ho in which he told KC Ho:

“ This case was brought about by you. You have to be responsible for getting a lawyer for my younger brother (Wong Tung Hoi) and Cheung Yiu Fai to sort it out. You also have to be responsible for all the legal fees, including all the expenses of this case, and the consequences.”[1]

From that early stage KC Ho had therefore been empowered to engage lawyers and conduct the defence on behalf of Tai Du. 

17.  Tai Dou now claimed that KC Ho was not authorised to conduct the defence without reference to the partners and that he had failed to keep them informed.  The evidence, however, did not fully support Tai Dou’s assertion.  Certain WhatsApp messages between KC Ho and Pacquet Wong were exhibited but the picture was far from complete because: (a) many entries were redacted; (b) Pacquet Wong gave many responses through audio recording, which were not transcribed; and (c) the communications between 25 June and 3 September 2018 were not shown.  Nor was it clear from the evidence whether there were other communications between them such as by telephone conversation or email. 

18.  It was also notable that Pacquet Wong and KC Ho together went to a meeting with the lawyers in August 2017, but it was wholly undisclosed as to what was said there in terms of KC Ho’s authority to represent Tai Dou vis-à-vis the lawyers.  For all we know the solicitors were satisfied thereafter that KC Ho had authority to sign Tai Dou’s Response and prepare a witness statement and, it would appear, to give instructions on behalf of Tai Dou.

19.  Further, within the WhatsApp messages exhibited, I note that on 30 August 2017, KC Ho assured Pacquet Wong that he would follow up with the lawyers[2] and Pacquet Wong replied “OK”.  A little later he told KC Ho to get more evidence and witnesses and said that “it would be even better if evidence could be found to show the need to allocate floors for cleaning up the waste/debris”.[3]  This is consistent with the plea in the existing Response (at §29(h) and §32(d)) concerning the efficiency of dividing the floors for the cleaning up of waste and debris, as well as the cleaning agreement subsequently mentioned in KC Ho’s witness statement.  Pacquet Wong was later expressly informed by KC Ho that the deadline for the Response to be filed was 28 September 2017, but some of the ensuing communications were not disclosed.  On 9 May 2018, KC Ho sent a note of certain information he proposed to provide (apparently to the lawyers) and asked Pacquet Wong for his approval, but it was not known if he responded.

20.  As stated above, the Notice to Act and Response were both filed on behalf of Tai Dou on 28 September 2017.  There was an assertion in some of the affirmations now filed that the solicitors were not properly authorised, but Mr Peter Dong who appeared on behalf of Tai Dou on this application accepted that he was in no position to seek a ruling in that regard.  Indeed, there was no suggestion that the assertions now made by Tai Dou had been made known to, let alone supported by, KC Ho or Tai Dou’s former solicitors.

21.  In the circumstances, while I do not go so far as to find that the application was made in bad faith or purely a tactical manoeuvre, I was not satisfied that this was a case where Pacquet Wong was kept completely in the dark.  Indeed, Mr Dong only submitted that the partners of Tai Dou were not “fully” informed of the progress of the proceedings and failed to “fully” participate in the proceedings.

22.  Even on Tai Dou’s own evidence, the picture was one of utter complacency.  The partners only began to take an interest in around early September 2018 when they learnt that the maximum pecuniary penalty that could be imposed under the Ordinance was referable to the turnover of the undertaking and not just the turnover on the On Tat Estate project.

23.  On behalf of Tai Dou, Mr Dong submitted that the Commission would be “well prepared” to deal with the new case, that the factual evidence required by the Commission was “already in place” and that no significant prejudice would be caused.  I did not accept this assertion.  In contrast, Mr Chan’s submission, which I accepted, was that very substantial factual investigation would have to be carried out to meet the new case, concerning the control mechanisms within Tai Dou, the precise terms of the arrangement between the partners and KC Ho, the position and response of the HKHA, and how knowledge was imparted between the partners and KC Ho.  It is to be noted that KC Ho had apparently carried out decoration work in the name of Tai Dou in other public housing estates in 2006, 2008, 2010 and 2013 respectively.

24.  Tai Dou relied on the fact that the 1st and 9th respondents had already raised the “sub-contractor” argument, contending that they only let their names be used by others who should be regarded as separate undertakings.  In response to that argument (which had been pleaded at the outset), however, the Commission had required a significant amount of time to analyse the relevant interview records and respondent‑specific factual matrices.  The Commission accepted that the legal research and analysis already conducted in relation to the 1st and 9th respondents’ cases might be of some use in reviewing Tai Dou’s proposed new case, but the factual investigations and responses that would be necessary were such that the trial dates would have to be vacated altogether.  There would in addition be the question as to the possible joinder of KC Ho as a respondent.

25.  It was in my view a specious argument for Tai Dou to point to the matters relied on by the Commission in reply to the 1st and 9th respondents’ Responses and to the fact that their alleged sub‑contractors were not brought in by the Commission as additional respondents, to assert that the Commission would therefore not require significant time to respond to Tai Dou’s new case.  The scope of an undertaking and whose acts may be attributed to it are fact‑sensitive questions.  The Commission’s position vis‑à‑vis the 1st and 9th respondents was necessarily the result of an assessment of and the response to the specific factual cases raised by those two respondents.  The Commission had, indeed, sought a considerable amount of time from the Tribunal to consider the question of joinder of the alleged sub‑contractors of those two respondents.  There was no justification to force the Commission to squeeze its investigation, preparation and decision‑making processes all into the coming few weeks especially when it already, through no fault of its own, had to expend utmost effort towards responding to the factual evidence recently filed by the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents with a view to proceeding to trial during the existing trial period.  Any time taken to meet the 4th respondent’s new case would be time taken out of the very tight timetable for preparation for trial.

26.  As pointed out by Lord Griffiths in Ketteman v Hansel Properties Ltd [1987] 1 AC 189, 220G, a factor that must be put in a balance is the necessity that “in the interests of the whole community, legal business should be conducted efficiently”.  As was stated by DHCJ Lok (as he then was) in Li Shiu To v Li Shiu Tsang and others (unrep, HCA 416/2003, 14 August 2012), at §17, adjournment of the trial is now considered itself serious prejudice to the parties involved in litigation.  Similarly, DHCJ Le Pichon said in Jose Miranda da Costa Junior & Anor v Lorenzo Yih, also known as Yu Chuan Yih & Ors (unrep, HCA 156/2010, 28 April 2014), at §18, referring to a late application to adduce further affidavit evidence to oppose a summons for judgment:

“ … Such a last‑minute manoeuvre creates a dilemma for the innocent party: to seek an adjournment which would mean having to derail the hearing (when the innocent party was anxious to have its summons heard as soon as possible) or to live with it and doing what was possible within the limited time available. It has been said that “[t]he unenviable position that such a party finds himself in is in itself a prejudice”: see per A Cheung J (as he then was) in Wise Union Industries Ltd v Hong Kong Science and Technology Parks Corporation, unreported, HCAL 12/2009, 21 September 2009 at §9.”

27.  I have not lost sight of the fact that these proceedings are an enforcement action under the Ordinance which is not entirely the same as ordinary civil litigation.  However, s 144 of the Ordinance enables the Tribunal to follow “the practice and procedure of the Court of First Instance in the exercise of its civil jurisdiction”; the Competition Tribunal Rules (Cap 6D) to a significant extent incorporate the Rules of the High Court (see rule 4); and Practice Direction No 1 of this Tribunal states (at §10) that parties have a duty to assist and cooperate “to ensure that cases are as efficiently, inexpensively and expeditiously disposed of as is consistent with fairness”, (at §11) that “the Tribunal will indicate, as early as practicable, a target date or range of dates for the substantive hearing of a matter.  Realistic timetables leading towards such date or dates will be laid down which are expected to be strictly observed”, and (at §12) that “[c]ases will be managed and directions given by the Tribunal so that the parties’ respective cases are disclosed and the real issues identified and focused upon as early as possible, unreasonable interlocutory disputes are prevented, and unnecessary evidence minimized.  A high level of realism will be expected from the parties.”

28.  The public interest in maintaining the integrity of the litigation process is no less important in the Tribunal than in cases in the High Court.  As Mr Chan submitted, the Commission, as well as the other respondents, have an interest in the resolution of these proceedings without delay.  There is also a broader public interest in these enforcement actions to see the proceedings being dealt with as expeditiously as is reasonably practicable.  The outcome of these proceedings may well serve as guidance to other undertakings and persons in the regulation of their economic conduct.  In other cases the additional dimension of the impact on potential follow-on actions could also be relevant, although I did not take it into account in this particular case.

29.  It was said that if the application was refused, Tai Dou would be forced to run a case in which it clearly had no conviction.  But as pointed out above (see §19 above), the case now shown on the existing Response was one in which Pacquet Wong had given his input.  Whether or not Tai Dou would call KC Ho as a witness, or rely upon the efficiencies exclusion which is the subject matter of expert evidence, are ultimately matters for Tai Dou.  At the end of the day, I did not think that the problems (if any) that Tai Dou brought upon itself justified allowing the application at this late stage and thereby inevitably abandoning the trial dates.

30.  For these reasons, Tai Dou’s application was refused.

 
 

 (Godfrey Lam)
 Judge of the Court of First Instance, High Court
President of the Competition Tribunal

  

Mr Abraham Chan SC and Mr Byron Chiu, instructed by King & Wood Mallesons, for the Applicant

Mr Harrison Cheung, instructed by Wong & Lawyers, for the 1st Respondent

Mr Carter Chim, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 2nd and 3rd Respondents

Mr Peter Dong, instructed by Henry Wan & Yeung, for the 4th Respondent

Mr Anson Wong Yu Yat, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 5th Respondent

Mr Richard Yip, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th Respondents

Ms Connie Lee and Mr Tommy Cheung, instructed by Benjamin Au & Nilly Chan, Solicitors, for the 9th Respondent



[1] In Chinese original: 「呢件案件由你搞出黎嘅,你要負責幫我弟弟(黃東海)及阿輝(張耀輝)搵律師搞掂佢。而一切律師費,包括此案件所有的使費,所帶來的後果,均需由你負責。」

[2] In Chinese original: 「你放心我會跟進。」

[3] In Chinese original: 「如有證據證明要分層清垃圾更好。」

[2018] HKCT 5-EN-2018-09-28

COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION CO LTD AND OTHERS

HTML content

CTEA 2/2017

[2018] HKCT 5

IN THE COMPETITION TRIBUNAL OF THE

HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION

COMPETITION TRIBUNAL ENFORCEMENT ACTION NO 2 OF 2017

________________________

BETWEEN

 COMPETITION COMMISSIONApplicant
 and 
 W. HING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY LIMITED
(永興聯合建築有限公司)
1st Respondent
 SUN SPARK CONSTRUCTION LIMITED
(裕輝建築有限公司)
2nd Respondent
 LAU CHUNG YAN (劉頌欣) and LAU CHUN KWOK ADAM (劉鎮國) (in partnership trading as MAU HANG PAINTING & DECORATION CO (茂恒油漆裝飾公司))3rd Respondent
 CHEUNG YIU FAI DANNY (張耀輝) and WONG TUNG HOI (黃東海) (in partnership trading as TAI DOU BUILDING CONTRACTOR (大道建築公司))4th Respondent
 KAM KEE MACHINE ELECTRICAL IRON WORKS 5th Respondent
 COMPANY LIMITED (金記機電鐵器工程有限公司) 
 HUI TAK CHEONG KANLY (許德昌) and HUI TAK ON BRYAN (許德安) (in partnership trading as HIP YICK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY (協益建築公司))6th Respondent
 SUEN SIK KAU (孫錫球) (trading as TAI WAH CIVIL ENGINEERING (泰華土木工程))7th Respondent
 POON WAI WOON (潘維桓) and POON KAI WO JULIO (潘啟和) (in partnership trading as WAI SUN IRON & DECORATION CO (維新鐵器裝修公司))8th Respondent
 YEUNG KWOK YEE (楊國儀) (trading as WIDE PROJECT ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION CO (百達建築工程公司))9th Respondent
 LUEN HOP DECORATION ENGINEERING CO LIMITED (聯合裝飾工程有限公司)10th Respondent

________________________

Before: Hon G Lam J, President of the Competition Tribunal in Chambers

Date of Hearing: 26 September 2018

Date of Decision: 26 September 2018

Date of Reasons for Decision: 28 September 2018

_________________________________

REASONS FOR DECISION

_________________________________

1.  These are the Tribunal’s reasons for the rulings at the hearing on 26 September 2018 originally fixed for the applicant’s application to strike out various parts of the report of the expert engaged by the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 10th respondents (“Report”). One of the grounds relied on by the applicant is that the Report contains factual materials not supported by evidence and in particular by the relevant respondents’ witness statements.

2.  On 20 September 2018, the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents took out a summons for leave to file and serve witness statements or supplemental witness statements of eight individuals, which seek to verify the factual matters in the Report that the applicant says are not supported by any evidence.  The 4th respondent has taken a neutral stance on the applicant’s summons, and has indicated that it will not be seeking to call the expert or adduce the Report as expert evidence.

3.  The first issue arising from counsel’s arguments is whether the Tribunal should entertain the strike-out application at all at this stage.  On behalf of the applicant, Mr Chan SC submitted that where the expert evidence is plainly inadmissible, a court or tribunal ought to exercise its discretion to rule on it before the trial.  That would save time and costs and promote certainty in litigation: Ko Chi Keung v Lee Ping Yan [2001] 1 HKLRD 829, 832-833; Wong Hoi Fung v American International Assurance Co (Bermuda) Ltd & Anor [2002] 3 HKLRD 507 at §11.

4.  On behalf of the 2nd and 3rd respondents, Mr Chim, placing reliance on Rogers v Hoyle [2015] QB 265 at §§53-55 and cases following it such as Moylett v Geldof [2018] EWHC 893 (Ch) at §4 and Gill v HMRC [2017] UKFTT 597 at §8(4), submitted that it is an unnecessary and disproportionate exercise to try to edit or excise parts of the Report, and that the proper approach is to leave it to the Tribunal at trial to see the whole Report, leave out of account any part that is inadmissible, and make use of the Report as it thinks fit.  I have no doubt that in an appropriate case this approach may well be a sensible one to adopt.  But, in my view, as with case management questions generally, one cannot be dogmatic about it.  Whether a court or tribunal should entertain an inadmissibility objection to an expert report prior to the trial must depend on the particular circumstances of the case.

5.  In the present case, I have no doubt that it is appropriate to grapple with the objections raised as early as possible because, as explained below, very substantial parts of the Report are not supported by evidence that the respondents have hitherto indicated they will be adducing at trial.  The question raised will have an obvious and fundamental impact on how the applicant’s experts should prepare their opinions, on the scope of the factual disputes, and on the conduct of the trial itself.  To leave the cloud of uncertainty looming until the evidence unfolds at trial would hamper preparation, be disruptive to the trial itself and potentially cause unfairness to the other parties.

6.  The next question is whether the applicant has made out its grounds for striking out the parts of the Report that it seeks to impugn.  Three objections have been raised by the applicant to the impugned paragraphs, some of which are objected to on more than one ground.  Turning to the first ground, the applicant has in my view clearly demonstrated that there are numerous paragraphs where the expert has referred to her understanding of certain facts but (i) the source of the information is not specified, (ii) the source of the information is said to be the “Relevant Respondents” (ie the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, and 10th Respondents) without specifying which persons provided it, (iii) the information is said to be obtained from “a representative” of a particular respondent without identifying the person, (iv) the facts asserted are not contained in the witness statements hitherto exchanged, or (v) a combination of the above apply. 

7.  Furthermore, the matters in question are not peripheral or trivial facts but go to the heart of the respondents’ argument that the first conduct rule is excluded under Schedule 1 to the Ordinance by reason of the economic efficiencies produced by the alleged arrangements.  The matters relayed by the Report included facts about the respondents’ methodology of renovation work as well as time, costing and pricing issues.  Mr Yip who appeared on behalf of the 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents stated that without those facts the Report would be “devoid of substance and unlikely to be of much help”.  Mr Pun SC also submitted on behalf of the 5th respondent that without the passages in question there would effectively be no expert opinion that could be relied upon. 

8.  The respondents’ counsel have referred to authorities suggesting that it may be proper and sometimes necessary for experts to refer to and give their opinion on assumed facts (HKSAR v Kissel [2014] 1 HKLRD 460 at §132; JP Morgan v Springwell [2006] EWHC 2755 (Comm) at §21).  I have no quarrel with that proposition in itself.  But as stated by Heydon J in Dasreef Pty Ltd v Hawchar [2011] HCA 21:[1]

“64. … Expert evidence is inadmissible unless the facts on which the opinion is based stated by the expert – by way of proof if the expert can admissibly improve them, otherwise as assumptions to be proved in other ways. …”

“66. … An expert opinion is not admissible unless evidence has been, or will be, admitted, whether from the expert or from some other source, which is capable of supporting findings of fact which are sufficiently similar to the factual assumptions on which the opinion was stated to be based to render the opinion of value. …”

9.  This is not a case where the respondents have filed witness statements to indicate that they intend to adduce certain factual evidence and their expert then gives an opinion on the assumption of such factual evidence being accepted.  Instead, the extensive factual matters referred to in the Report were mentioned there for the very first time – by way of statement of the expert as to what she had understood from or been informed by the respondents or their representatives.  Until and unless they are independently established as facts, they remain assumptions made by the expert.  Without a proper basis for introducing the relevant factual evidence, there is no prospect of establishing the relevant facts.  The objectionable feature here is that the respondents would be trying to adduce factual evidence through the back door, without having exchanged witness statements to cover such evidence as required.

10.  Whilst maintaining there is nothing objectionable in the Report, as stated above the 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th and 10th respondents have belatedly applied for leave to file and serve witness statements of two additional witnesses and supplemental witness statements of six existing witnesses. In broad terms the statements seek to confirm that the witnesses have indeed informed the expert of the matters set out in the paragraphs impugned, and that such matters are true and accurate to the best of the knowledge of the witnesses. If permitted, these statements would go a long way to addressing the defects identified by the applicant under the first ground.  The question is whether these respondents should be allowed to do so at this late stage.

11.  The applicant opposed the respondents’ application to put in further evidence, pointing out that the respondents had had ample time in which to exchange witness statements which the parties did in April and May 2018 and that the respondents had been given much indulgence in relation to expert evidence, as can be seen from my decision on 10 July 2018 ([2018] HKCT 2).  I have much sympathy for the applicant’s arguments but in the end, in the circumstances of this case I have come to the view that the statements should be permitted to go in.  I take into account in particular that this is the first case before the Tribunal in which expert evidence is to be adduced, and that pecuniary penalties are being sought here so that the proceedings, as accepted by the applicant, involve the determination of a criminal charge for Bill of Rights purposes.  Perhaps as a result of the novelty of the Competition Ordinance in Hong Kong the relevant respondents’ former legal representatives did not appear to have a grasp of what was required by way of expert evidence and as its factual basis.  Without the requisite foundation in fact, much of the expert’s opinion would be based on unproven assumptions and of little value, and what has been called “a fundamental pillar” of the defence – albeit an alternative case – would automatically implode without any examination of its merits.  In a future case the Tribunal may well say that it is all too late and that those who find themselves barred from putting in such eleventh-hour evidence have only themselves to blame.  But having balanced all relevant matters in this case including the public interest dimension I have come to the view that the statements should be permitted. 

12.  As to the second ground, namely, that the expert has ventured out of her field of expertise, it is not entirely clear how the attack interacts with the proposed new evidence.  The applicant’s summons was therefore adjourned sine die in that respect.

13.  The third ground is directed at parts of the Report which, the applicant says, go beyond the scope of the directions on expert evidence given by this Tribunal.  In particular, §§177-183 of the Report appear under the heading “The market characteristics in the provision of decorative work to tenants in On Tat Estate (Phase 1) are not conducive to collusion”.  They purport to set out matters concerning incentives to participate in a price-fixing agreement, the likelihood of a price-fixing agreement and market characteristics that are or are not conducive to forming and sustaining a price-fixing agreement or collusive agreement in general, concluding (in §183) that the actual market conditions were “not at all conducive to firms engaging in any collusive agreements”.

14.  These paragraphs in my view clearly go to something quite extraneous to the topics set out in the directions for expert evidence.  The appendix to the order of 4 June 2018, based on the relevant respondents’ application, sets out the scope of expert evidence which in broad terms concerns (i) the contribution of the alleged market sharing agreement and price-fixing agreement to improving the provision of decoration and renovation services by the relevant respondents and the economic efficiencies thereby attained, (ii) the resulting benefit of the alleged agreements to the tenants in the form of lower prices, and (iii) whether the restrictions imposed by the alleged agreements were indispensable to the attainment of the efficiencies.  In short, the expert evidence was proposed by the relevant respondents, and eventually directed by the Tribunal, to cover what may be called the economic efficiencies exclusion in paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 to the Ordinance.  The paragraphs in question, instead of dealing with the possible benefits of the alleged agreements, seek to say that those agreements were inherently unlikely.  It seems to me they so plainly fall outside the scope of expert evidence as directed that they should be struck out now.

15.  For these reasons, the Tribunal (i) indicated that it would in principle allow the further witness statements to go in, subject to their being made in the correct form (and not simply by cross-referencing to specified paragraphs of the Report); (ii) ordered paragraphs 177-183 of the Report to be struck out; and (iii) adjourned the remainder of the applicant’s summons sine die.

(Godfrey Lam)
Judge of the Court of First Instance, High Court
President of the Competition Tribunal

Mr Abraham Chan SC and Mr Byron Chiu, instructed by King & Wood Mallesons, for the Commission (the Applicant)

Mr Carter Chim and Mr Thomas WK Wong, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 2nd-3rd Respondents

Mr Peter Dong, instructed by Henry Wan & Yeung, for the 4th Respondent

Mr Hectar Pun SC, Mr Anson Wong Yu Yat and Ms Allison Wong, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 5th Respondent

Mr Richard Yip, instructed by JCC Cheung & Co, for the 6th-8th and 10th Respondents

The 1st and 9th Respondents did not appear



[1] The other members of the High Court of Australia did not find it necessary to deal with this point: see §41.  Heydon J dissented in relation to the disposition of the appeal (see §§49 and 146-147), but this does not affect his Honour’s analysis of the common law rules on the admissibility of expert evidence.

[2018] HKCT 2-EN-2018-07-10

COMPETITION COMMISSION v. W. HING CONSTRUCTION CO LTD AND OTHERS

HTML content